nv2za
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 2, 2010
Securities Act Registration No. 333-166491
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
 
 
 
 
Amendment No. 2
to
Form N-2
 
 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2
Post-Effective Amendment No. o
Medley Capital BDC LLC
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
375 Park Avenue, Suite 3304
New York, NY 10152
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
(212) 759-0777
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
 
Brook Taube
Medley Capital BDC LLC
375 Park Avenue, Suite 3304
New York, NY 10152
(Name and Address of Agent for Services)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
 
     
James R. Tanenbaum
Anna T. Pinedo
Morrison & Foerster LLP
1290 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10104
(212) 468-8000
  Steven B. Boehm, Esq.
Harry S. Pangas, Esq.
Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP
1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20004-2415
(202) 383-0100
 
Approximate date of proposed public offering:  As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
 
 
 
If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box.  o
 
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
 
o when declared effective pursuant to Section 8(c).
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
             
      Proposed Maximum
    Amount of
      Aggregate
    Registration
Title of Securities Being Registered     Offering Price(1)(2)     Fee
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share
    $200,000,000     $14,260
             
(1) Includes the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
 
(2) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that the Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such dates as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject To Completion. Dated July 2, 2010
13,333,334 Shares
Medley Capital Corporation
Common Stock
This is an initial public offering of shares of our common stock.
We are a newly organized, externally-managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that intends to file an election to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
Our objective is to generate current income and capital appreciation by lending directly to privately-held middle market companies. Our portfolio will generally consist of secured loans, and, to a lesser extent, subordinate loans and equity positions in situations where we are also a secured lender.
We will be managed by our investment adviser, MCC Advisors LLC, which will also provide the administrative services necessary for us to operate.
It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $      and $     . Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MCC”, subject to notice of issuance.
Because we are newly organized, our shares have no history of public trading. Shares of closed-end investment companies, including business development companies, frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This risk is likely to apply to our shares of common stock as well and may be greater for investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period after completion of this initial public offering. At an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth above), purchasers in this offering will experience immediate dilution of approximately $0.74 per share. See “Dilution.”
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares of our common stock, you should read the discussion of the material risks of investing in our common stock in the section entitled “Risks” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus.
                 
   
Per Share
   
Total
 
 
Public offering price
  $           $        
Sales load (underwriting discount and commission)(1)
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to us(2)
  $       $  
 
 
(1) No sales load will be deducted from the public offering price (or paid to the underwriters) in the case of shares sold directly to MCC Advisors and certain employees.
(2) We estimate that we will incur expenses of approximately $1.4 million in connection with this offering.
 
To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 13,066,667 shares of our common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 1,960,000 shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price, less the sales load, within 30 days of the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, the total price to the public, sales load and proceeds will be $     , $     , and $     , respectively.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about          , 2010.
 
This prospectus contains important information about us that a prospective investor should know before investing in our common stock. Please read this prospectus before investing and keep it for future reference. Upon completion of this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This information will be available free of charge by contacting us at 375 Park Avenue, Suite 3304, New York, NY 10152, or by telephone at (212) 759-0777 or on our website at http://www.medleycapital.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information to be part of this prospectus. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains such information.
 
Joint Book-Running Managers
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. Citi
Joint Lead Managers
 
Stifel Nicolaus RBC Capital Markets
 
Co-Managers
 
BB&T Capital Markets Janney Montgomery Scott JMP Securities
 
Prospectus dated          , 2010


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
   
Page
 
    1  
    9  
    14  
    16  
    37  
    38  
    39  
    40  
    42  
    43  
    44  
    57  
    61  
    66  
    69  
    71  
    80  
    82  
    84  
    88  
    90  
    94  
    95  
    102  
    107  
    107  
    107  
    107  
    107  
    F-1  
 EX-99.B.2
 EX-99.K.1
 EX-99.N.2
 EX-99.N.6
 
 
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since that date. To the extent required by applicable law, we will update this prospectus during the offering period to reflect material changes to the disclosure contained herein.


i


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you may want to consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risks”.
 
Except as otherwise indicated, the terms:
 
  •  “we”, “us”, “our” and the “Company” refer to Medley Capital BDC LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, for the periods prior to our consummation of the formation transaction described elsewhere in this prospectus, and refer to Medley Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, for the periods after our consummation of the formation transaction;
 
  •  “MCC Advisors” and the “Adviser” refer to MCC Advisors LLC, our investment adviser; and
 
  •  “Medley Capital” refers, collectively, to the activities and operations of Medley Capital LLC, MCC Advisors, associated investment funds and their respective affiliates.
 
Medley Capital BDC LLC
 
We are a direct lender targeting private debt transactions ranging in size from $10 to $50 million to borrowers principally located in North America. We will seek to deliver equity-like returns to our investors on investments with the risk profile of secured debt. Our private debt transactions are generally structured to combine elements of both equity and fixed-income investments. Although our objective is to deliver a targeted total return to investors on average of 15% over time, this is not a guaranteed return. There can be no assurance that we will achieve our targeted returns as this information is subject to many risks, uncertainties and other factors some of which are beyond our control, including market conditions. We will provide customized financing solutions, typically in the form of secured loans to corporate and asset-based borrowers, and may utilize structures such as sale leaseback transactions, direct asset purchases or other hybrid structures that we believe replicate the economics and risk profile of secured loans. We may also selectively make subordinated debt and equity investments in borrowers to which we have extended secured debt financing. We believe that the current lending environment presents a significant opportunity for our strategy, as the recent financial crisis has reduced competition in the lending industry while demand for credit among private borrowers has increased. We believe that as a result of these supply and demand dynamics, private debt providers can earn wider spreads and increased equity upside while taking less risk than in recent business cycles.
 
The members of our management, Brook Taube, Seth Taube and Andrew Fentress, also serve as the Principals of the Adviser, and each brings 18 years of experience in finance, transaction sourcing, credit analysis, transaction structuring, due diligence and investing. Brook and Seth Taube began working together professionally in 1996 and teamed up with Andrew Fentress in 2003 to manage the CN Opportunity Fund, which deployed approximately $325 million in 20 transactions with a private debt strategy similar to the strategy we are pursuing. At the end of 2005, the members of our management formed Medley Capital LLC, a private investment management firm.
 
Our management team also currently manages Medley Opportunity Fund LP (“MOF LP”), a Delaware limited partnership, and Medley Opportunity Fund Ltd. (“MOF LTD”), a Cayman Islands limited company. MOF LP and MOF LTD are sister funds dedicated to the same private debt strategy we are pursuing. Since their formation in 2006, MOF LP and MOF LTD have deployed in excess of $1.1 billion in 41 transactions. Of these, 11 portfolio investments have been fully realized. As of May 31, 2010, approximately $497 million of principal and interest has been returned to MOF LP and MOF LTD. Combining the total returns of MOF LP and MOF LTD, from 2006 to 2009, and the total returns of CN Opportunity Fund, from 2003 to 2005, the Principals of the Adviser have delivered a total average annual return of 14.8% (unleveraged), net of fees and expenses in their private debt strategy. The track record and achievements of the Principals of the Adviser are not necessarily indicative of future results that we will achieve in the future.


1


Table of Contents

 
As part of the formation transaction described in more detail elsewhere in this prospectus, MOF LP and MOF LTD will contribute seven loans with a combined fair value of approximately $105 million (the “Loan Assets”) in exchange for 7,009,111 shares of our common stock. Immediately prior to this offering, these loans will be held in MOF I BDC LLC (“MOF I BDC”), a recently formed Delaware LLC, which will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
 
We may use debt in modest amounts within the levels permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which we refer to as the 1940 Act, when the terms and conditions available are favorable to long-term investing and well-aligned with our investment strategy and portfolio composition. In determining whether to borrow money, we will analyze the maturity, covenant package and rate structure of the proposed borrowings, as well as the risks of such borrowings within the context of our investment outlook. We may use leverage to fund new transactions, alleviating the timing challenges of raising new equity capital through follow-on offerings, and to enhance shareholder returns.
 
MCC Advisors
 
Our investment activities are managed by our investment adviser, MCC Advisors. MCC Advisors is an affiliate of Medley Capital LLC and has offices in New York and San Francisco. MCC Advisors will be responsible for sourcing investment opportunities, conducting industry research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments and monitoring our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. MCC Advisors’ team will draw on its expertise in lending to predominantly privately-held borrowers in a range of sectors, including industrials and transportation, energy and natural resources, financials and real estate. In addition, MCC Advisors will seek to diversify our portfolio of loans by company type, asset type, transaction size, industry and geography.
 
The Principals of MCC Advisors have worked together for the past seven years, during which time they have focused on implementing their private debt strategy. A diversified portfolio of secured private debt investments combined with rigorous asset management have allowed Medley Capital, which the Principals of the Adviser manage and operate, to successfully navigate the challenging market that began in 2007. We believe that MCC Advisors’ disciplined and consistent approach to origination, portfolio construction and risk management should allow it to continue to achieve compelling risk-adjusted returns for us.
 
MCC Advisors also serves as our administrator, leases office space to us and provides us with equipment and office services. The responsibilities of our administrator include overseeing our financial records, preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC and generally monitoring the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others.
 
Portfolio Composition
 
The Loan Assets contributed were originated by Medley Capital and were selected from the portfolio investments of MOF LP and MOF LTD because they are secured loans and similar to the investments we intend to make going forward. They had a weighted average yield to maturity of approximately 14.9% at May 31, 2010, of which approximately 13.2% was current cash pay. In addition, the weighted average loan to value ratio, or LTV, of our Loan Assets as of May 31, 2010 was approximately 33.2%. As we discuss below, the LTV ratio of a Loan Asset is one useful indicator of the risk associated with that Loan Asset. The LTV ratio is the amount of our loan divided by the total assets or enterprise value of the portfolio company in which we are investing. The determination of these calculations is more fully described in the section entitled “Portfolio Companies” elsewhere in this prospectus.


2


Table of Contents

Investment Strategy
 
We believe that a well-structured portfolio of private debt transactions can generate equity-like returns with the risk profile of secured debt. Private debt combines attractive elements of both equity and fixed-income investments because transactions are generally structured as secured loans with equity upside in the form of options, warrants, cash flow sharing, co-investment rights or other participation features. As a result, we believe our private debt strategy offers upside potential, similar to mezzanine and private equity investments, and downside protection, similar to bank loans.
 
We believe that private debt offers an attractive investment opportunity for the following reasons:
 
Attractive Yield Opportunity.  We believe our ability to work directly with borrowers to create customized financing solutions enables us to deliver attractive yields to investors while eliminating intermediaries who extract fees for their services. Addressing complex situations that are generally underserved by traditional lenders enables us to generate excess returns. Private debt transactions have either a fixed or variable coupon payment due periodically, typically monthly or quarterly, and usually include (but are not limited to) exit fees, warrants, and payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest. We intend to target investments with an annual gross internal rate of return of 18-25% on an unleveraged basis.
 
Downside Protection.  We will generally structure our transactions as secured loans supported by a security interest in the portfolio company’s assets, as well as a pledge of the portfolio company’s equity. We believe our secured debt position and corresponding covenant package should provide priority of return and also control over any asset sales, capital raises, dividend distributions, insurance proceeds and restructuring processes. We believe that the current supply and demand imbalance in the private debt market will enable providers of credit to take less risk on new loans.
 
Predictability of Returns.  We will develop potential exit strategies upon origination of each transaction and will continually monitor potential exits throughout the life of the transaction. We intend to structure our transactions as secured loans with a covenant package that will provide for repayment upon the completion of asset sales and restructurings. Because these private debt transactions are structured to provide for these lender contractually determined, periodic payments of principal and interest, they are less likely to depend generally on the existence of robust M&A or public equity markets to deliver returns. We believe, as a result, that we can achieve our target returns even if public markets remain challenging for a long period of time.
 
Market Opportunity
 
We believe the credit crises that began in 2007 and the subsequent exit of traditional lending sources have created a compelling opportunity for skilled debt providers in the middle-market. We expect to take advantage of the following favorable trends in private lending:
 
Reduced Competition Leads to Higher Quality Deal Flow.  Traditional sources of liquidity have declined considerably. Commercial banks and other leveraged financial institutions have curtailed their lending activities in the current environment. Similarly, hedge funds and other opportunistic leverage providers’ access to capital have decreased substantially, thus reducing their ability to provide capital. Finally, we believe continuing bank consolidation has resulted in larger financial institutions that have shifted product offerings away from the middle-market in favor of larger corporate clients. We believe that the relative absence of competition will facilitate higher quality deal flow and allow for greater selectivity throughout the investment process.
 
Lack of Liquidity Creates Attractive Pricing. We believe that a meaningful gap exists between public and private market debt spreads, primarily due to the fact that liquidity has not been returning to the private lending markets in the same way it has been returning to the public debt markets. As such, we believe that lenders to private middle-market companies in particular will continue to benefit from attractive pricing.


3


Table of Contents

Lower Leverage and Lower LTV Ratios Result in More Conservative Transaction Structures.  Lenders in the current environment are requiring lower leverage, increased equity commitments and stricter covenant packages. Reduced leverage and reduced purchase price multiples provide further cushion for borrowers to meet debt service obligations.
 
Specialized Lending Needs and Unfunded Private Equity Commitments Drive Demand for Debt Capital.  Lending to private middle-market companies requires in-depth diligence, credit expertise, restructuring experience and active portfolio management. As such, we believe that, of the U.S. financial institutions that are not liquidity constrained, few are capable of pursuing a private lending strategy successfully. We believe this creates a significant supply/demand imbalance for private credit. Adding to this imbalance is the vast sum of unused private equity capital raised from 2006-2008, which will require debt financing in the coming years.
 
Competitive Advantages
 
We believe that the Company represents an attractive investment opportunity for the following reasons:
 
Successful Track Record.  MOF LP and MOF LTD have deployed in excess of $1.1 billion in 41 transactions. Of these, 11 portfolio investments have been fully realized. As of May 31, 2010, approximately $497 million of principal and interest has been returned to MOF LP and MOF LTD. Medley Capital’s portfolio risk management during the challenging market that began in 2007 has enabled it to deliver consistent returns while protecting capital for investors. Combining the total returns of MOF LP and MOF LTD, from 2006 to 2009, and the total returns of CN Opportunity Fund, from 2003 to 2005, the Principals of the Adviser have delivered a total average annual return of 14.8% (unleveraged), net of fees and expenses in their private debt strategy. The track record and achievements of the Principals of the Adviser are not necessarily indicative of future results that our investment adviser will achieve in the future.
 
Experienced Team.  The Principals of the Adviser bring a combined 54 years of experience in principal finance, investment sourcing, credit analysis, transaction structuring, due diligence and investing. Other members of the Adviser’s investment and asset management team include 10 professionals with extensive experience in transaction sourcing, investment underwriting, credit analysis, account monitoring and restructuring at firms such as JP Morgan, Morgan Stanley, GE Capital and Bank of America. The Adviser’s investment and asset management team has executed, as a group, 41 transactions to date for a total value of $1.1 billion.
 
Focus on Direct Origination.  We will focus on lending directly to portfolio companies that are underserved by the traditional banking system. While we may source transactions via the private equity sponsor channel, most of our efforts will focus on originating transactions directly to middle-market borrowers. We will target assets and borrowers with enterprise or asset values between $25 and $250 million, a market which we believe is the most opportune for our private debt activities. The current credit crisis has further increased the number of potential transactions available to us, as traditional sources of credit have disappeared or diminished. We believe reduced competition among lenders and increased deal flow should allow us to be even more selective in our underwriting process.
 
Extensive Deal Flow Sourcing Network and National Presence.  Medley Capital’s experience and reputation in the market has enabled it to consistently generate attractive private debt opportunities. As a seasoned provider of private debt, Medley Capital is often sought out as a preferred partner, both by portfolio companies and other financing providers. Generally, as much as half of Medley Capital’s annual origination volume comes from repeat and referral channels. Medley Capital seeks to avoid broadly marketed and syndicated deals. We will leverage Medley Capital’s offices on both coasts to maximize our national origination capabilities and direct calling efforts. Medley Capital filters through as many as 1,000 transactions annually through its origination efforts and targets between 25 and 35 transactions for execution. As of April 30, 2010,


4


Table of Contents

Medley Capital had an attractive pipeline of transactions consisting of $641 million of deal volume across 26 investments in a range of sectors, including industrials and transportation, energy and natural resources, financials and real estate. Finally, Medley Capital has a broad network of relationships with national, regional and local bankers, lawyers, accountants and consultants that plays an important role in the origination process.
 
Proven Risk Management.  We will continue the successful asset management process employed by Medley Capital over the last seven years. In particular, our investment transactions will be diversified by company type, asset type, transaction size, industry and geography. We will utilize a systematic underwriting process involving rigorous due diligence, third-party reports and multiple investment committee (discussed below) approvals. Following the closing of each transaction, the Adviser will implement a proprietary, dynamic monitoring system for regularly updating issuer financial, legal, industry and exit analysis, along with other relevant information. At the same time, checks and balances to the asset management process will be provided by third parties, including, as applicable, the following: forensic accountants, valuation specialists, legal counsel, fund administrators and loan servicers.
 
Restructuring and Workout Experience.  The Principals of the Adviser and the Adviser’s investment team combined have worked on over 100 restructurings, liquidations and bankruptcies prior to Medley Capital. This experience provides valuable assistance to the Company in the initial structuring of transactions and throughout the asset management process.
 
Summary of Formation Transaction
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend that each of MOF LP and MOF LTD will assign all of their respective interests in the Loan Assets to MOF I BDC in exchange for membership interests in MOF I BDC. At that time, MOF LTD will own approximately 95% of the outstanding MOF I BDC membership interests and MOF LP will own approximately 5% of the outstanding MOF I BDC membership interests. MOF I BDC will then have a 100% interest in the Loan Assets. Each of MOF LTD and MOF LP will then contribute their respective MOF I BDC membership interests to Medley Capital BDC LLC, a second newly formed Delaware limited liability company, in exchange for Medley Capital BDC LLC membership interests. MOF I BDC will, thereafter, be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Medley Capital BDC LLC. Medley Capital BDC LLC will then convert into Medley Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, immediately prior to the completion of this offering. These transactions will hereinafter be referred to as the “BDC Formation”. For more information regarding the BDC Formation, see “Formation”.
 
After the completion of the Formation Transaction, MOF LP and MOF LTD will own equity interests in the Company, but only to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. MOF LP and MOF LTD will distribute equity interests in the Company in excess of those permitted to be owned by them, if any, to their respective limited partners. MOF LP and MOF LTD’s interests will be valued at the initial public offering price.
 
For purposes of determining net asset value (“NAV”) for the transfer of the seven initial loans to the Company, we will engage independent third-party valuation firms to establish the fair value (“Transfer Value”) for the Loan Assets as of May 31, 2010 (“Valuation Date”). The Transfer Value will be approved by our board of directors (which will include a majority of independent directors) and will be consistent with the beginning balance sheet that will be audited by our auditors. Between the Valuation Date and the transfer date (“Transfer Date”), which will be immediately prior to consummation of the initial public offering, the consideration paid will be adjusted to reflect any interim period interest accrued subsequent to the Valuation Date in respect of the Loan Assets, consistent with GAAP accounting recognition of accrued interest. There will be a valuation bring down (“Bring Down”) on the Transfer Date that will be conducted by the independent third-party valuation firms to ensure that there have been no material event(s) that have caused a change in the Transfer Value of the


5


Table of Contents

loans to be different than the previously determined NAV on the Valuation Date as adjusted for the interim period accrued interest received.
 
Set forth below is a diagram showing the final structure of the Company immediately prior to the completion of the BDC Formation and this offering.
 
(DIAGRAM)
 
SBIC License
 
The Principals of Medley Capital LLC have applied for a license to form a Small Business Investment Company, or SBIC. If the application is approved and the SBA so permits, the SBIC license will be transferred to a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours, or the “SBIC subsidiary”. The SBIC subsidiary will be able to rely on an exclusion from the definition of “investment company” under the 1940 Act. As such, this SBIC subsidiary will not elect to be treated as a business development company, nor registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. If this application is approved, the SBIC subsidiary will have an investment objective substantially similar to ours and will make similar types of investments in accordance with SBIC regulations.
 
To the extent that we, through the wholly-owned subsidiary, have an SBIC license, the SBIC subsidiary will be allowed to issue SBA-guaranteed debentures, subject to the required capitalization of the SBIC subsidiary. SBA guaranteed debentures carry long-term fixed rates that are generally lower than rates on comparable bank and other debt. Under the regulations applicable to SBICs, an SBIC may have outstanding debentures guaranteed by the SBA generally in an amount of up to twice its regulatory capital, which generally equates to the amount of its equity capital. The SBIC regulations currently limit the amount that an SBIC subsidiary may borrow to a maximum of $150 million, assuming that it has at least $75 million of equity capital. In addition, if we are able to obtain financing under the SBIC program, our SBIC subsidiary will be subject to regulation and oversight by the SBA, including requirements with respect to maintaining certain minimum financial ratios and other covenants.
 
Operating and Regulatory Structure
 
We are a newly organized, externally-managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that intends to file an election to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes we intend to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code. Our investment activities are managed by MCC Advisors and supervised by


6


Table of Contents

our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of MCC Advisors and its affiliates. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. See “Regulation”.
 
Conflicts of Interest
 
The 1940 Act prohibits us from making certain negotiated co-investments with affiliates unless we receive an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. Subject to this restriction on co-investments with affiliates, MCC Advisors will offer us the right to participate in all investment opportunities that it determines are appropriate for us in view of our investment objective, policies and strategies and other relevant factors. These offers will be subject to the exception that, in accordance with MCC Advisors’ allocation policies, we might not participate in each individual opportunity, but will, on an overall basis, be entitled to participate equitably with other entities managed by MCC Advisors and its affiliates.
 
To the extent that we compete with entities managed by MCC Advisors or any of its affiliates for a particular investment opportunity, MCC Advisors will allocate investment opportunities across the entities for which such opportunities are appropriate, consistent with (1) its internal conflict-resolution and allocation policies, (2) the requirements of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act, and (3) certain restrictions under the 1940 Act regarding co-investments with affiliates. MCC Advisors’ allocation policies are intended to ensure that we may generally share equitably with other investment funds managed by MCC Advisors or its affiliates in investment opportunities, particularly those involving a security with limited supply or involving differing classes of securities of the same issuer which may be suitable for us and such other investment funds.
 
The Principals of MCC Advisors have historically managed investment vehicles with similar or overlapping investment strategies and have put in place a investment allocation policy that addresses the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act. In the absence of receiving exemptive relief from the SEC that would permit greater flexibility relating to co-investments, MCC Advisors will apply the investment allocation policy. MCC Advisors’ policies are designed to manage and mitigate the conflicts of interest associated with the allocation of investment opportunities when we are able to invest alongside other accounts managed by our investment adviser and its affiliates. When we invest alongside such other accounts as permitted, such investments are made consistent with MCC Advisors’ allocation policy. Generally, under this allocation policy, a fixed percentage of each opportunity, which may vary based on asset class and from time to time, will be offered to us and similar eligible accounts, as periodically determined by MCC Advisors and approved by our board of directors, including all of our independent directors. The allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and other accounts will generally be made pro rata based on each account’s capital available for investment, as determined by our board of directors, including our independent directors. It is our policy to base our determinations as to the amount of capital available for investment on such factors as: the amount of cash on-hand, existing commitments and reserves, if any, the targeted leverage level, the targeted asset mix and diversification requirements and other investment policies and restrictions set by our board of directors or imposed by applicable laws, rules, regulations or interpretations. We expect that these determinations and allocations will be made similarly for other accounts. MCC Advisors seeks to treat all clients reasonably in light of the factors relevant to managing client accounts, however, in some instances, especially in instances of limited liquidity, the factors may not result in pro-rata allocations or in situations where certain accounts receive allocations where others do not. In situations where co-investment with other entities managed by MCC Advisors or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is an opportunity to invest in different securities of the same issuer, MCC Advisors will need to decide whether we or such other entity or entities will proceed with the investment. MCC Advisors will make these determinations based on its policies and procedures, which generally require that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts on a basis that will be fair and equitable over time.
 
We and MCC Advisors expect to submit an exemptive application to the SEC to permit us to negotiate the terms of co-investments if our board of directors determines that it would be advantageous for us to co-invest with other funds managed by MCC Advisors or its affiliates in a manner


7


Table of Contents

consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.
 
Affiliates of MCC Advisors currently, and may in the future, have other clients with similar or competing investment objectives, including private funds and managed accounts that are continuing to seek capital commitments and will pursue an investment strategy similar to our strategy. In serving these clients, MCC Advisors and its affiliates may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities. Our investment objective may overlap with such affiliated investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles. MCC Advisors’ allocation procedures are designed to allocate investment opportunities among the investment vehicles managed by MCC Advisors and its affiliates in a manner consistent with its obligations under the Advisers Act. If two or more investment vehicles with similar investment strategies are actively investing, MCC Advisors will seek to allocate investment opportunities among eligible accounts in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with its allocation policy. See “Risks — Risks related to our business — There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could affect our investment returns — Conflict related to obligations MCC Advisors’ investment committee, MCC Advisors or its affiliates have to other clients”. Additionally, under our incentive fee structure, MCC Advisors may benefit when we recognize capital gains and, because MCC Advisors determines when a holding is sold, MCC Advisors controls the timing of the recognition of capital gains. See “Risks — Risks related to our business — There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could affect our investment returns — Our incentive fee structure may create incentives for MCC Advisors that are not fully aligned with the interests of our stockholders”. In addition, because the base management fee that we will pay to MCC Advisors is based on our average adjusted gross assets, MCC Advisors may benefit when we incur indebtedness.
 
In addition, certain private investment funds managed by the Principals of MCC Advisors hold controlling or minority equity interests, or have the right to acquire such equity interests, in certain of the portfolio companies in which we will hold a debt investment immediately following the completion of the offering. To the extent that we deem that MCC Advisors, our senior management team or investment teams, or members of MCC Advisors’ investment committee have interests that differ from those of our stockholders with respect to these investments, such as in the case of granting loan waivers or concessions, we expect that our board of directors will be informed of, and will provide input with respect to any material actions we take to alter the terms or conditions of these investments.
 
Company Information
 
Our administrative and executive offices are located at 375 Park Avenue, Suite 3304, New York, NY 10152, and our telephone number is (212) 759-0777. We maintain a website at http://www.medleycapital.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus.
 
Risks
 
Investing in us involves a high degree of risk. See “Risks” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus for a more detailed discussion of the material risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.


8


Table of Contents

 
THE OFFERING
 
The offering We are offering 13,066,667 shares of our common stock through a group of underwriters (the “underwriters”). To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 13,066,667 shares of our common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 1,960,000 shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price, less the sales load, within 30 days of the date of this prospectus. We are concurrently offering 266,667 shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price directly to MCC Advisors and some of its employees pursuant to this prospectus. These shares are included in the shares being sold pursuant to this prospectus. Since these shares are being sold directly by us and not through the underwriters, no underwriting discount or commission will be paid to the underwriters for shares purchased by MCC Advisors and these employees. Consequently, the entire amount of the proceeds from such sales will be paid directly to us.
 
Common stock outstanding after this offering
20,342,445 shares, excluding 1,960,000 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the option to purchase additional shares granted to the underwriters.
 
New York Stock Exchange symbol
“MCC”
 
Use of proceeds The net proceeds of the offering are estimated to be approximately $184.8 million (approximately $212.2 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering and organizational expenses payable by us. The shares that are being sold by us directly to MCC Advisors and its employees are not subject to any underwriting discount or commission, and therefore, we will receive the entire purchase price proceeds for the sale of those shares. MCC Advisors and its employees have submitted non-binding indication of interests to purchase $4 million of shares of the common stock in connection with this offering directly from us. As a result, the estimated net proceeds to be received by us from the offering set forth above assumes the receipt of such purchase price for such shares in this offering without deducting any underwriting discounts and commission therefrom. We intend to use the net proceeds to provide debt financing to portfolio companies in accordance with our investment objective and for general corporate purposes. Pending such use, we will invest the remaining net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt instruments that mature in one year or less. These securities may have lower yields than the types of investments we would typically make in accordance with our investment objective and, accordingly, may result in


9


Table of Contents

lower distributions, if any, during such period. See “Use of Proceeds”.
 
Investment management agreement
We have entered into an investment management agreement with MCC Advisors, under which MCC Advisors, subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, manages our day-to-day operations and provides investment advisory services to us.
 
For providing these services, MCC Advisors receives a base management fee from us at an annual rate of 2.0% of our gross assets, including any assets acquired with the proceeds of leverage. The investment management agreement also provides that MCC Advisors will be entitled to an incentive fee of 20.0%.
 
The incentive fee consists of two parts: (1) the first component, which is payable quarterly in arrears, will equal 20.0% of the excess, if any, of the “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” over a hurdle rate (2.0% quarterly) and subject to a ‘‘catch-up” provision measured as of the end of each calendar quarter; and (2) the second component, which will be payable in arrears at the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment management agreement, as of the termination date), commencing with the year ending December 31, 2010, will equal 20.0% of the “Incentive Fee Capital Gains”, if any, which will equal the realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception through the end of each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees. As discussed under “The Adviser — Investment Management Agreement”, if we receive SEC exemptive relief, as to which there can be no assurance, and any required approval by our stockholders, we have agreed to pay 50% of the net after-tax incentive fee earned by MCC Advisors in the form of shares of our common stock, which will be issued at their then current market price. Until such exemptive relief is granted we will pay the entire fee in cash. See “Risks — Risks relating to this offering — Our ability to pay 50% of the net after-tax incentive fee to the Adviser in shares of our common stock is contingent on our receipt of exemptive relief from the SEC.”
 
The investment management agreement also provides that we will reimburse MCC Advisors for certain costs and expenses incurred by MCC Advisors. See “The Adviser — Investment Management Agreement”.
 
Distributions We intend to distribute quarterly dividends to stockholders out of profits legally available for distribution. Our quarterly distributions, if any, will be determined by our board of directors.
 
Taxation We intend to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under


10


Table of Contents

subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”). As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any net ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders as dividends. To obtain and maintain our RIC status, we must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute annually at least 90% of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. See “Distributions” and “Tax Matters”.
 
Custodian and Transfer Agent The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, serves as our Custodian and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, serves as our Transfer Agent. See “Custodian and Transfer Agent”.
 
Borrowing We may borrow money or issue debt securities within the levels permitted by the 1940 Act when the terms and conditions available are favorable to long-term investing and well-aligned with our investment strategy and portfolio composition in an effort to increase returns to our common stockholders. Borrowing involves significant risks. See “Risks”.
 
Trading at a discount Shares of closed-end investment companies, including BDCs, frequently trade at a discount to their NAV. The possibility that our shares may trade at a discount to our NAV is separate and distinct from the risk that our NAV per share may decline. Our NAV immediately following this offering will reflect reductions resulting from the sales load and the amount of our organization and offering expenses. This risk may have a greater effect on investors expecting to sell their shares soon after completion of the public offering, and our shares may be more appropriate for long-term investors than for investors with shorter investment horizons. We cannot predict whether our shares will trade above, at or below NAV.
 
Dilution Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate dilution, which, at an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), will be approximately $0.74 per share. See “Dilution” herein for more information.
 
Dividend reinvestment plan We are adopting a dividend reinvestment plan for our stockholders. This will be an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan. As a result, if we declare a cash dividend or other cash distribution, each stockholder that has not “opted out” of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving cash dividends. Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of shares of common stock will be subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as if they received cash distributions. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan”.
 
Anti-takeover provisions Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as certain statutory and regulatory requirements, contain certain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us. These anti-


11


Table of Contents

takeover provisions may inhibit a change in control in circumstances that could give the holders of our common stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the market price for our common stock. See “Description of Shares”.
 
Lock-up agreement We, MCC Advisors, the Principals of MCC Advisors, our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock will be subject to a 180-day lock-up agreement with the underwriters of this offering. Any shares purchased in the offering by our employees or affiliates also shall be subject to a 180-day lock-up period. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale — Lock-up agreement” and “Underwriting”.
 
Administrator Under a separate administration agreement, MCC Advisors will also serve as our administrator. As administrator, MCC Advisors will oversee our financial records, prepare reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC, lease office space to us, provide us with equipment and office services and generally monitor the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. We will reimburse MCC Advisors for its costs in providing these services.
 
License Arrangements We have entered into a license agreement with Medley Capital LLC, under which Medley Capital LLC has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Medley”. For a description of the license agreement, see “The Adviser — License Agreement”.
 
Risks An investment in our common stock is subject to risks. Certain of these risks are referenced below.
 
  • Capital markets are currently in a period of disruption and instability, which could have a negative impact on our business and operations.
 
  • There are numerous risks relating to our business, including credit losses on our investments, the risk of loss associated with leverage if we determine at some point to use leverage, illiquidity and valuation uncertainties in our investments, possible lack of appropriate investments, the lack of experience of our investment adviser and our dependence on such investment adviser.
 
  • There are also numerous risks relating to our investments, including the risky nature of the securities in which we invest, our potential lack of control over our portfolio companies, our limited ability to invest in public companies and the potential incentives in our investment adviser to invest more speculatively than it would if it did not have an opportunity to earn incentive fees.
 
  • We also have various risks relating to our status as a BDC, including limitations on raising additional capital, failure to qualify as a BDC and loss of tax status as a RIC.


12


Table of Contents

 
  • There are also risks relating to this offering, including volatility in our stock price, the dilution resulting from this offering and the anti-takeover effect of certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation.
 
See “Risks” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus for a more detailed discussion of these and other material risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
 
Available information We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, which contains additional information about us and the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. After completion of this offering, we will be obligated to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. This information will be available at the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, D.C. and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
 
We maintain a website at http://www.medleycapital.com and intend to make all of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other publicly filed information available, free of charge, on or through our website. You may also obtain such information by contacting us at 375 Park Avenue, Suite 3304, New York, NY 10152, or by calling us at (212) 759-0777. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus.


13


Table of Contents

 
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that an investor in this offering will bear directly or indirectly. However, we caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. The following table and example should not be considered a representation of our future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown below. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “you” or “us” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in the Company.
 
Stockholder Transaction Expenses
 
           
Sales Load (as a percentage of offering price)
    7.00 % (1)
Offering Expenses (as a percentage of offering price)
    0.73 % (2)
Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees
    None   (3)
         
Total Stockholder Transaction Expenses (as a percentage of offering price)
    7.73 %  
         
Estimated Annual Expenses (as a Percentage of Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares)
         
Base Management Fees
    2.10 % (4)
Incentive Fees Payable Under the Investment Management Agreement
    0.00 % (5)
Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds
    0.91 % (6)
Other Expenses
    0.98 % (7)
         
Total Annual Expenses (estimated)
    3.99 %  
 
(1) The underwriting discount and commission with respect to shares sold in this offering, which are one-time fees to the underwriters in connection with this offering, are the only sales load being paid in connection with this offering. Shares sold in this offering to MCC Advisors and some of its employees will be sold at the initial public offering price directly by us pursuant to this prospectus.
 
(2) Amount reflects estimated offering and organizational expenses of approximately $1.4 million.
 
(3) The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan are included in “other expenses”. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan”.
 
(4) Our base management fee under the investment management agreement is based on our gross assets. The term “gross assets” includes any assets acquired with the proceeds of leverage. See “The Adviser — Investment Management Agreement.” The base management fee assumes borrowings to fund investments of $109.0 million at the end of our first 12 months of operations.
 
(5) Based on our current business plan, we anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering will be used within six to 12 months in accordance with our investment objective. We expect that during this period we will not have any capital gains and that the amount of our interest income will not exceed the quarterly minimum hurdle rate discussed below. As a result, we do not anticipate paying any incentive fees in the first year after the completion of this offering.
 
The incentive fee consists of two components:
 
The first component, which is payable quarterly in arrears, will equal 20.0% of the excess, if any, of our “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” over a 2.0% quarterly (8.0% annualized) hurdle rate and a “catch-up” provision measured as of the end of each calendar quarter. Under this provision, in any calendar quarter, our investment adviser receives no incentive fee until our net investment income equals the hurdle rate of 2.0% but then receives, as a “catch-up”, 100% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5%. The effect of this provision is that, if pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter, our investment adviser will receive 20% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply. The first component of the incentive fee will be computed and paid on income that may include interest that is accrued but not yet received in cash. Since the hurdle rate


14


Table of Contents

is fixed, as interest rates rise, it will be easier for the Adviser to surpass the hurdle rate and receive an incentive fee based on net investment income.
 
The second component of the incentive fee will equal 20.0% of our “Incentive Fee Capital Gains”, if any, which will equal our realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception through the end of each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees. The second component of the incentive fee will be payable, in arrears, at the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment management agreement, as of the termination date), commencing with the year ending December 31, 2010. For a more detailed discussion of the calculation of this fee, see “The Adviser — Investment Management Agreement”.
 
As previously disclosed, subject to receipt of exemptive relief, we have agreed to pay 50% of the net after-tax incentive fee earned by MCC Advisors in the form of shares of our common stock issued at their then current market price.
 
(6) We do not plan to incur significant leverage, or to pay significant interest in respect thereof, until after most of the proceeds of this offering are invested in accordance with our investment objective and do not intend to incur leverage during our first year of operations in excess of 25% of our average total assets after giving effect to such leverage. The table assumes: (i) that we borrow for investment purposes up to an amount equal to 25% of our average total assets (average borrowing of $37.7 million out of average total assets of $339.4 million) and (ii) that the interest expense, the unused fee and the one-year portion of the aggregate structuring fee is $3.1 million.
 
(7) Includes estimated organizational expenses and our overhead expenses, including payments under the administration agreement based on our projected allocable portion of overheard and other expenses incurred by our administrator in performing its obligations under the administration agreement. See “The Adviser — Administration Agreement”.
 
Example
 
The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common stock. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed that our outstanding indebtedness and annual operating expenses remain at the levels set forth in the table above.
 
                                 
   
1 Year
   
3 Years
   
5 Years
   
10 Years
 
 
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return
  $ 117     $ 191     $ 267     $ 461  
 
While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%. The incentive fee under our investment management agreement is unlikely to be significant assuming a 5% annual return and is not included in the example. If we achieve sufficient returns on our investments, including through the realization of capital gains, to trigger an incentive fee of a material amount, our distributions to our common stockholders and our expenses would likely be higher. In addition, while the example assumes reinvestment of all cash dividends and other cash distributions at NAV, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan will receive a number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to a participant by either (i) the market price per share of our common stock at the close of trading on the valuation date for the distribution in the event that we use newly issued shares to satisfy the share requirements of the dividend reinvestment plan or (ii) the average purchase price, excluding any brokerage charges or other charges, of all shares of common stock purchased by the administrator of the dividend reinvestment plan in the event that shares are purchased in the open market to satisfy the share requirements of the dividend reinvestment plan, which may be at, above or below NAV. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.


15


Table of Contents

 
RISKS
 
Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our common stock. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. The risks described below, as well as additional risks and uncertainties presently unknown by us or currently not deemed significant could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In such case, our NAV and the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
 
Certain Risks in the Current Environment
 
Capital markets are currently in a period of disruption and instability. These market conditions have materially and adversely affected debt and equity capital markets in the United States and abroad, which could have a negative impact on our business and operations.
 
In 2007, the global capital markets entered into a period of disruption as evidenced by a lack of liquidity in the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated credit market and the failure of certain major financial institutions. Despite actions of the United States federal government and foreign governments, these events have contributed to worsening general economic conditions that are materially and adversely impacting the broader financial and credit markets and reducing the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial services firms in particular. While recent indicators suggest modest improvement in the capital markets, these conditions could continue for a prolonged period of time or worsen in the future. While these conditions persist, we and other companies in the financial services sector may be required to, or may choose to, seek access to alternative markets for debt and equity capital. Equity capital may be difficult to raise because, subject to some limited exceptions, we will not generally be able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below NAV per share. In addition, the debt capital that will be available, if at all, may be at a higher cost, and on less favorable terms and conditions in the future. Conversely, the portfolio companies in which we will invest may not be able to service or refinance their debt, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition as we would experience reduced income or even experience losses. The inability to raise capital and the risk of portfolio company defaults may have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
We may suffer credit losses.
 
Private debt in the form of secured loans to corporate and asset-based borrowers is highly speculative and involves a high degree of risk of credit loss, and therefore an investment in our shares of common stock may not be suitable for someone with a low tolerance for risk. These risks are likely to increase during an economic recession, such as the economic recession or downturn that the U.S. and many other countries have recently experienced or are experiencing.
 
If we use borrowed funds to make investments or fund our business operations, we will be exposed to risks typically associated with leverage which will increase the risk of investing in us.
 
We may borrow money, including through the issuance of debt securities or preferred stock, to leverage our capital structure, which is generally considered a speculative investment technique. As a result:
 
  •  our common shares would be exposed to an increased risk of loss because a decrease in the value of our investments would have a greater negative impact on the value of our common shares than if we did not use leverage;


16


Table of Contents

 
  •  if we do not appropriately match the assets and liabilities of our business, adverse changes in interest rates could reduce or eliminate the incremental income we make with the proceeds of any leverage;
 
  •  our ability to pay dividends on our common stock may be restricted if our asset coverage ratio, as provided in the 1940 Act, is not at least 200% and any amounts used to service indebtedness or preferred stock would not be available for such dividends;
 
  •  any credit facility would be subject to periodic renewal by our lenders, whose continued participation cannot be guaranteed;
 
  •  such securities would be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility;
 
  •  we, and indirectly our stockholders, bear the cost of issuing and paying interest or dividends on such securities; and
 
  •  any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our common shares.
 
Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we are permitted, as a BDC, to issue debt securities or preferred stock and/or borrow money from banks and other financial institutions, which we collectively refer to as “senior securities”, only in amounts such that our asset coverage ratio equals at least 200% after each issuance of senior securities. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test and we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our securities at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous.
 
The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.
 
We anticipate that our investments generally will be made in private companies. Substantially all of these securities will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will be otherwise less liquid than publicly traded securities. The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if the need arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we had previously recorded our investments. In addition, we may face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we or our investment adviser has material non-public information regarding such portfolio company.
 
A substantial portion of our portfolio investments may be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our board of directors and, as a result, there may be uncertainty regarding the value of our portfolio investments.
 
The debt and equity securities in which we invest for which market quotations are not readily available will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our board of directors. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material. Our NAV could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such investments.
 
We have not yet identified the portfolio company investments we intend to acquire using the proceeds of this offering.
 
We have not yet identified the potential investments for our portfolio that we will purchase following this offering. As a result, you will only be able to evaluate the initial portfolio company


17


Table of Contents

investments contributed to us by MOF LP and MOF LTD prior to purchasing shares of our common stock. Additionally, MCC Advisors will select our investments subsequent to the closing of this offering, and our stockholders will have no input with respect to such investment decisions. These factors increase the uncertainty, and thus the risk, of investing in our common stock.
 
We are a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, and therefore we are not limited with respect to the proportion of our assets that may be invested in securities of a single issuer.
 
We are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in securities of a single issuer. We also are not adopting any policy restricting the percentage of our assets that may be invested in a single portfolio company. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers, our NAV may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company. Beyond our income tax diversification requirements under Subchapter M of the Code, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification, and our investments could be concentrated in relatively few portfolio companies.
 
Initially, our portfolio will be concentrated in a limited number of portfolio companies; this concentration will subject us to a risk of significant loss if any of these companies defaults on its obligations.
 
Initially, our portfolio will consist of investments in seven portfolio companies. The number of portfolio companies may be higher or lower depending on the amount of our assets under management at any given time, market conditions and the extent to which we employ leverage, and will likely fluctuate over time. A consequence of this limited number of investments is that the aggregate returns we realize may be materially and adversely affected if a small number of investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one investment. Beyond our income tax diversification requirements under Subchapter M of the Code, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification, and our investments could be concentrated in relatively few portfolio companies.
 
Several of the investments in which our portfolio is most concentrated generate PIK interest. As a result of the PIK interest generated by these investments, the principal balances of the investments increases over time, which may result in an increase in our portfolio’s concentration in these specific investments.
 
In addition, investments in our portfolio are not rated by any rating agency. Debt in which we intend to invest in the future is typically not rated by any rating agency. We believe that if such investments were rated, the vast majority would be rated below investment grade due to speculative characteristics of the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Our investments may result in an amount of risk, volatility or potential loss of principal that is greater than that of alternative investments. In addition, to the extent interest payments associated with such debt are deferred, such debt will be subject to greater fluctuations in value based on changes in interest rates, such debt could subject us to phantom income, and since we will generally not receive any cash prior to maturity of the debt, the investment will be of greater risk.
 
We will be exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.
 
Interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments, the value of our common stock and our rate of return on invested capital. A reduction in the interest rates on new investments relative to interest rates on current investments could also have an adverse impact on our net interest income. An increase in interest rates could decrease the value of any investments we hold which earn fixed interest rates and also could increase our interest expense, thereby


18


Table of Contents

decreasing our net income. Also, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make investment in our common stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate, which could reduce the value of our common stock.
 
If MCC Advisors is unable to manage our investments effectively, we may be unable to achieve our investment objective.
 
Our ability to achieve our investment objective will depend on our ability to manage our business, which will depend, in turn, on the ability of MCC Advisors to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. Accomplishing this result largely will be a function of MCC Advisors’ investment process and, in conjunction with its role as our administrator, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us.
 
MCC Advisors’ senior management team is also the senior management team for MOF LP and MOF LTD, and may in the future manage other private funds. They may also be required to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. These demands on their time may distract them or slow our rate of investment. Any failure to manage our business effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We may experience fluctuations in our periodic operating results.
 
We could experience fluctuations in our periodic operating results due to a number of factors, including the interest rates payable on the debt securities we acquire, the default rate on such securities, the level of our expenses (including the interest rates payable on our borrowings), the dividend rates payable on preferred stock we issue, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.
 
Our income may be substantially lower than when our portfolio is fully invested and therefore our ability to make distributions may be limited because we are a new company with no operating history.
 
We were formed in April 2010 and have not yet commenced operations. We are subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and that the value of your investment could decline substantially. We anticipate that it will take us between six and 12 months to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering in accordance with our investment objective. During this period, we will invest a portion of the net proceeds of this offering in short-term investments, such as cash and cash equivalents, which we expect will earn yields substantially lower than the interest income that we anticipate receiving in respect of investments in accordance with our investment objective. As a result, any distributions we make during this period may be substantially lower than the distributions that we expect to pay when our portfolio is fully invested.
 
Any failure on our part to maintain our status as a BDC would reduce our operating flexibility.
 
If we fail to qualify as a BDC, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to substantially more onerous regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act and correspondingly decrease our operating flexibility.
 
We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.
 
For federal income tax purposes, we may include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as original issue discount, which may arise if we receive warrants in connection with the making of a loan or possibly in other circumstances, such as payment-in-kind


19


Table of Contents

interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such original issue discount, which could be significant relative to our overall investment activities, or increases in loan balances as a result of payment-in-kind arrangements are included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we do not receive in cash.
 
Since in certain cases we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the tax requirement to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, to maintain our status as a RIC. Accordingly, we may have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If we are not able to raise cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax. See “Tax Matters — Taxation of the company”.
 
We may be required to pay incentive fees on income accrued, but not yet received in cash.
 
That part of the incentive fee payable by us that relates to our net investment income is computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received in cash. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan, it is possible that accrued interest previously used in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible. Consequently, we may make incentive fee payments on income accruals that we may not collect in the future and with respect to which we do not have a clawback right against our investment adviser.
 
We may not be able to pay you dividends and our dividends may not grow over time.
 
We intend to pay quarterly dividends to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to pay a specified level of cash dividends or year-to-year increases in cash dividends. Our ability to pay dividends might be adversely affected by, among other things, the impact of one or more of the risk factors described herein. In addition, the inability to satisfy the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC could limit our ability to pay dividends. All dividends will be paid at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, our financial condition, maintenance of our RIC status, compliance with applicable BDC regulations and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant from time to time. We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends to our stockholders in the future.
 
The highly competitive market in which we operate may limit our investment opportunities.
 
A number of entities compete with us to make the types of investments that we make. We compete with public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity funds. Additionally, because competition for investment opportunities generally has increased among alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, those entities have begun to invest in areas in which they have not traditionally invested. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities intensified in recent years and may intensify further in the future. Some of our existing and potential competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions and valuation requirements that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC and the tax consequences of qualifying as a RIC. We cannot assure you that the competitive pressures we face will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, as a result of this existing and potentially increasing


20


Table of Contents

competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time, and we can offer no assurance that we will be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.
 
We do not seek to compete primarily based on the interest rates we offer, and we believe that some of our competitors make loans with interest rates that are comparable to or lower than the rates we offer. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. If we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may experience decreased net interest income and increased risk of credit loss.
 
The lack of experience of our investment adviser and its management in operating under the constraints imposed on us as a BDC may hinder the achievement of our investment objectives.
 
The 1940 Act imposes numerous constraints on the operations of BDCs. For example, BDCs are required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of private companies or U.S. public companies with market capitalizations of less than $250 million, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities and other high quality debt instruments that mature in one year or less. In addition, qualification for taxation as a RIC requires satisfaction of source-of-income, diversification and distribution requirements. MCC Advisors does not have experience investing under these constraints. These constraints, among others, may hinder MCC Advisors’ ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and to achieve our investment objective.
 
We depend upon senior management personnel of our investment adviser for our future success, and if our investment adviser is unable to retain qualified personnel or if our investment adviser loses any member of its senior management team, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.
 
We depend on the members of senior management of MCC Advisors, particularly Brook Taube, one of its managing partners and its chief investment officer, Seth Taube, one of its managing partners, and Andrew Fentress, one of its managing partners, as well as other key investment personnel for the identification, final selection, structuring, closing and monitoring of our investments. These members of MCC Advisors’ senior management and investment teams are integral to its asset management activities and have critical industry experience and relationships that we will rely on to implement our business plan. Our future success depends on their continued service to MCC Advisors. The departure of any of the members of MCC Advisors’ senior management or a significant number of the members of its investment team could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective. As a result, we may not be able to operate our business as we expect, and our ability to compete could be harmed, which could cause our operating results to suffer. In addition, we can offer no assurance that MCC Advisors will remain our investment adviser or our administrator.
 
Because we expect to distribute substantially all of our net investment income and net realized capital gains to our stockholders, we will need additional capital to finance our growth and such capital may not be available on favorable terms or at all.
 
We intend to elect to be taxed for federal income tax purposes as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. If we meet certain requirements, including source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements, and if we continue to be regulated as a BDC, we will qualify to be a RIC under the Code and will not have to pay corporate-level taxes on income we distribute to our stockholders as dividends, allowing us to substantially reduce or eliminate our corporate-level tax liability. As a BDC, we are generally required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities, which includes all of our borrowings and any preferred stock we may issue in the future, of at least 200% at the time we issue any debt or preferred stock. This requirement limits the amount of our leverage. Because we will continue to need capital to grow our investment portfolio, this limitation


21


Table of Contents

may prevent us from incurring debt or issuing preferred stock and require us to raise additional equity at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. We cannot assure you that debt and equity financing will be available to us on favorable terms, or at all, and debt financings may be restricted by the terms of any of our outstanding borrowings. In addition, as a BDC, we are generally not permitted to issue common stock priced below NAV without stockholder approval. If additional funds are not available to us, we could be forced to curtail or cease new lending and investment activities, and our NAV could decline.
 
Our board of directors may change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval.
 
Our board of directors has the authority to modify or waive certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval. However, absent stockholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results or value of our stock. Nevertheless, the effects could adversely affect our business and impact our ability to make distributions and cause you to lose all or part of your investment.
 
There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could affect our investment returns.
 
There may be times when MCC Advisors, its senior management and investment teams, and members of its investment committee have interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to a conflict of interest. In particular, certain private investment funds managed by the Principals of MCC Advisors hold controlling or minority equity interests, or have the right to acquire such equity interests, in each of the portfolio companies in which we will hold a debt investment immediately following the completion of this offering. As a result, the Principals of MCC Advisors may face conflicts of interests in connection with making business decisions for these portfolio companies to the extent that such decisions affect the debt and equity holders in these portfolio companies differently. In addition, the Principals of MCC Advisors may face conflicts of interests in connection with making investment or other decisions, including granting loan waivers or concessions, on our behalf with respect to these portfolio companies given that they also manage private investment funds that hold the equity interests in these portfolio companies.
 
There may be conflicts related to obligations MCC Advisors’ senior management and investment teams, and members of its investment committee have to other clients.
 
The members of the senior management and investment teams, and the investment committee of MCC Advisors serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, or of investment funds managed by MCC Advisors or its affiliates. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in our best interests or in the best interest of our stockholders. For example, Brook Taube, Seth Taube and Andrew Fentress, have and, following this offering, will continue to have management responsibilities for other investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed by affiliates of MCC Advisors. Our investment objective may overlap with the investment objectives of such investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles. For example, affiliates of MCC Advisors currently manages private funds and managed accounts that are seeking new capital commitments and will pursue an investment strategy similar to our strategy, and we may compete with these and other entities managed by affiliates of MCC Advisors for capital and investment opportunities. As a result, those individuals may face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities among us and other investment funds or accounts advised by principals of, or affiliated with, MCC Advisors. MCC Advisors will seek to allocate investment opportunities among eligible accounts in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with its allocation policy. However, we can offer no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated


22


Table of Contents

to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time. MCC Advisors has agreed with our board of directors that allocations among us and other investment funds managed by affiliates of MCC Advisors will generally be made based on capital available for investment in the asset class being allocated. We expect that available capital for our investments will be determined based on the amount of cash on-hand, existing commitments and reserves, if any, the targeted leverage level, targeted asset mix and diversification requirements and other investment policies and restrictions set by our board of directors or as imposed by applicable laws, rules, regulations or interpretations. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to participate in all investment opportunities that are suitable to us.
 
MCC Advisors may, from time to time, possess material non-public information, limiting our investment discretion.
 
MCC Advisors and members of its senior management and investment teams, and investment committee may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, companies in which we invest, the securities of which are purchased or sold on our behalf. In the event that material nonpublic information is obtained with respect to such companies, we could be prohibited for a period of time from purchasing or selling the securities of such companies by law or otherwise, and this prohibition may have an adverse effect on us.
 
Our incentive fee structure may create incentives for MCC Advisors that are not fully aligned with the interests of our stockholders.
 
In the course of our investing activities, we will pay management and incentive fees to MCC Advisors. These fees are based on our gross assets. As a result, investors in our common stock will invest on a “gross” basis and receive distributions on a “net” basis after expenses, resulting in a lower rate of return than one might achieve through direct investments. Because these fees are based on our gross assets, MCC Advisors will benefit when we incur debt or use leverage. Additionally, under the incentive fee structure, MCC Advisors may benefit when capital gains are recognized and, because MCC Advisors determines when a holding is sold, MCC Advisors controls the timing of the recognition of such capital gains. Our board of directors is charged with protecting our interests by monitoring how MCC Advisors addresses these and other conflicts of interests associated with its management services and compensation. While they are not expected to review or approve each borrowing or incurrence of leverage, our independent directors will periodically review MCC Advisors’ services and fees as well as its portfolio management decisions and portfolio performance. In connection with these reviews, our independent directors will consider whether our fees and expenses (including those related to leverage) remain appropriate. As a result of this arrangement, MCC Advisors or its affiliates may from time to time have interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to a conflict.
 
The part of the incentive fee payable to MCC Advisors that relates to our net investment income will be computed and paid on income that may include interest income that has been accrued but not yet received in cash. This fee structure may be considered to involve a conflict of interest for MCC Advisors to the extent that it may encourage MCC Advisors to favor debt financings that provide for deferred interest, rather than current cash payments of interest. MCC Advisors may have an incentive to invest in deferred interest securities in circumstances where it would not have done so but for the opportunity to continue to earn the incentive fee even when the issuers of the deferred interest securities would not be able to make actual cash payments to us on such securities. This risk could be increased because MCC Advisors is not obligated to reimburse us for any incentive fees received even if we subsequently incur losses or never receive in cash the deferred income that was previously accrued.


23


Table of Contents

The valuation process for certain of our portfolio holdings creates a conflict of interest.
 
A substantial portion of our portfolio investments are expected to be made in the form of securities that are not publicly traded. As a result, our board of directors will determine the fair value of these securities in good faith pursuant to our valuation policy. In connection with that determination, investment professionals from MCC Advisors prepare portfolio company valuations based upon the most recent portfolio company financial statements available and projected financial results of each portfolio company. In addition, certain members of our board of directors, including Brook Taube, Seth Taube and Andrew Fentress, have a pecuniary interest in MCC Advisors. The participation of MCC Advisors’ investment professionals in our valuation process, and the pecuniary interest in MCC Advisors by certain members of our board of directors, could result in a conflict of interest as the management fee that we will pay MCC Advisors is based on our gross assets.
 
Conflicts related to other arrangements with MCC Advisors.
 
We will rent office space from MCC Advisors and pay to MCC Advisors our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by MCC Advisors in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, such as our allocable portion of the cost of our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer and their respective staffs. This will create conflicts of interest that our board of directors must monitor. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.
 
The investment management agreement and administration agreement with MCC Advisors were not negotiated on an arm’s length basis and may not be as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party.
 
The investment management agreement and the administration agreement were negotiated between related parties. Consequently, their terms, including fees payable to MCC Advisors, may not be as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party.
 
Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates will be restricted, which may limit the scope of investments available to us.
 
We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, five percent or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of our independent directors. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company, without prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the SEC. We are prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any person who owns more than 25% of our voting securities or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security (other than any security of which we are the issuer) from or to any portfolio company of a private equity fund managed by our investment adviser or its affiliates without the prior approval of the SEC, which may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.
 
We may, however, invest alongside our investment adviser and its affiliates’ other clients in certain circumstances where doing so is consistent with applicable law and SEC staff interpretations. For example, we may invest alongside such accounts consistent with guidance promulgated by the SEC staff permitting us and such other accounts to purchase interests in a single class of privately placed securities so long as certain conditions are met, including that our investment adviser, acting on our behalf and on behalf of other clients, negotiates no term other than price. We may also invest alongside our investment adviser’s other clients as otherwise permissible under regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and MCC Advisors’ allocation policy. Under this allocation policy, a fixed


24


Table of Contents

percentage of each opportunity, which may vary based on asset class and from time to time, will be offered to us and similar eligible accounts, as periodically determined by MCC Advisors and approved by our board of directors, including our independent directors. The allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and these other accounts will generally be made pro rata based on each account’s capital available for investment, as determined, in our case, by our board of directors. It is our policy to base our determinations as to the amount of capital available for investment based on such factors as: the amount of cash on-hand, existing commitments and reserves, if any, the targeted leverage level, the targeted asset mix and diversification requirements and other investment policies and restrictions set by our board of directors or imposed by applicable laws, rules, regulations or interpretations. We expect that these determinations will be made similarly for other accounts. However, we can offer no assurance that investment opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time.
 
In situations where co-investment with other funds managed by MCC Advisors or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is an opportunity to invest in different securities of the same issuer or where the different investments could be expected to result in a conflict between our interests and those of other MCC Advisors clients, MCC Advisors will need to decide which client will proceed with the investment. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which a fund managed by MCC Advisors or its affiliates has previously invested. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates.
 
We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC. The SEC has interpreted the business development company regulations governing transactions with affiliates to prohibit certain “joint transactions” between entities that share a common investment adviser.
 
We and MCC Advisors intend to seek exemptive relief from the SEC to permit us to negotiate the terms of co-investments if our board of directors determines that it would be advantageous for us to co-invest with other funds managed by MCC Advisors or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. We believe that co-investment by us and other funds managed by MCC Advisors and its affiliates may afford us additional investment opportunities and an ability to achieve greater diversification. Accordingly, our application for exemptive relief will seek an exemptive order permitting us to invest with funds managed by MCC Advisors or its affiliates in the same portfolio companies under circumstances in which such investments would otherwise not be permitted by the 1940 Act. There can be no assurance that we will obtain exemptive relief or that if we do obtain such relief it will be obtained on the terms we have outlined in our request. We expect that such exemptive relief permitting co-investments, if granted, would apply only if our independent directors review and approve each co-investment.
 
Our ability to sell or otherwise exit investments in which affiliates of MCC Advisors also have an investment may be restricted.
 
We may be considered affiliates with respect to certain of our portfolio companies, as discussed under “Portfolio Companies”. Certain private funds advised by the Principals of the Adviser also hold interests in these portfolio companies and as such these interests may be considered a joint enterprise under applicable regulations. To the extent that our interests in these portfolio companies may need to be restructured in the future or to the extent that we choose to exit certain of these transactions, our ability to do so will be limited. We intend to seek exemptive relief in relation to certain joint transactions, however, there is no assurance that we will obtain relief that would permit us to negotiate future restructurings or other transactions that may be considered a joint enterprise.


25


Table of Contents

Our investment adviser may not be able to achieve the same or similar returns as those achieved by our senior management and investment teams while they were employed at prior positions.
 
The track record and achievements of the senior management and investment teams of MCC Advisors are not necessarily indicative of future results that will be achieved by our investment adviser. As a result, our investment adviser may not be able to achieve the same or similar returns as those achieved by our senior management and investment teams while they were employed at prior positions.
 
Risks Related to Our Investments
 
We may not realize gains from our equity investments.
 
When we make a debt investment, we may acquire warrants or other equity securities as well. In addition, we may invest directly in the equity securities of portfolio companies. Our goal is ultimately to dispose of such equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of such interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.
 
Our investments are very risky and highly speculative.
 
We invest primarily in senior secured term loans issued by private middle-market companies.
 
Senior Secured Loans.  There is a risk that the collateral securing our loans may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital, and, in some circumstances, our lien could be subordinated to claims of other creditors. In addition, deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the loan. Consequently, the fact that a loan is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the loan’s terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the loan should we be forced to enforce our remedies.
 
Equity Investments.  When we invest in senior secured loans, we may acquire equity securities as well. In addition, we may invest directly in the equity securities of portfolio companies. The equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.
 
In addition, investing in private middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks. See “— Our investments in private middle-market portfolio companies may be risky, and you could lose all or part of your investment”.
 
Our investments in private middle-market portfolio companies may be risky, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
 
Investments in private middle-market companies involve a number of significant risks. Generally, little public information exists about these companies, and we are required to rely on the ability of MCC Advisors’ investment professionals to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential returns from investing in these companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments. Private middle-market companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any


26


Table of Contents

guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment. In addition, they typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns. Additionally, private middle-market companies are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us. Private middle-market companies also generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position. In addition, our executive officers, directors and our investment adviser may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in these types of companies.
 
Economic recessions or downturns could impair the ability of our portfolio companies to repay loans, which, in turn, could increase our non-performing assets, decrease the value of our portfolio, reduce our volume of new loans and harm our operating results, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
Many of our portfolio companies are and may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions, including the current economic conditions, and may be unable to repay our loans during such periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets are likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during such periods. Adverse economic conditions also may decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and the value of our equity investments. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and harm our operating results.
 
We may not be in a position to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by management of our portfolio companies that could decrease the value of our investments.
 
We do not generally intend to take controlling equity positions in our portfolio companies. To the extent that we do not hold a controlling equity interest in a portfolio company, we are subject to the risk that such portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and the stockholders and management of such portfolio company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the lack of liquidity for the debt and equity investments that we typically hold in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio company, and may therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our investments.
 
Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks above or equally with our investments in such companies.
 
We intend to invest primarily in secured debt issued by our portfolio companies. The portfolio companies usually have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks above or equally with the debt securities in which we invest. In the case of debt ranking above debt securities in which we invest, we would be subordinate to such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company and therefore the holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt securities in which we invest, we would have to share any distributions on an equal and ratable


27


Table of Contents

basis with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.
 
Additionally, certain loans that we make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.
 
The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the loans we make to our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of senior debt. Under such an intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens: (1) the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral; (2) the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings; (3) the approval of amendments to collateral documents; (4) releases of liens on the collateral; and (5) waivers of past defaults under collateral documents. We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.
 
Our portfolio companies may prepay loans, which prepayment may reduce stated yields if capital returned cannot be invested in transactions with equal or greater expected yields.
 
The loans that comprise the Loan Assets are callable at any time, most of them at no premium to par. It is not clear at this time when each loan may be called. Whether a loan is called will depend both on the continued positive performance of the portfolio company and the existence of favorable financing market conditions that allow such company the ability to replace existing financing with less expensive capital. As market conditions change frequently, it is unknown when, and if, this may be possible for each portfolio company. In the case of some of these loans, having the loan called early may reduce the achievable yield for the Company below the stated yield to maturity contained herein if the capital returned cannot be invested in transactions with equal or greater expected yields.
 
Our failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio; our ability to make follow-on investments in certain portfolio companies may be restricted.
 
Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, provided that there are no restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act, we may make additional investments in that portfolio company as “follow-on” investments in order to: (1) increase or maintain in whole or in part our equity ownership percentage; (2) exercise warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; or (3) attempt to preserve or enhance the value of our initial investment.
 
We have the discretion to make any follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources. We may elect not to make follow-on investments or otherwise lack sufficient funds to make those investments. Our failure to make follow-on investments may, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and our initial investment, or may result in a missed


28


Table of Contents

opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make such follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our concentration of risk, because we prefer other opportunities, because we are inhibited by compliance with BDC requirements or because we desire to maintain our RIC tax status. We may be restricted from making follow-on investments in certain portfolio companies to the extent that affiliates of ours hold interests in such companies.
 
Our ability to invest in public companies may be limited in certain circumstances.
 
To maintain our status as a BDC, we are not permitted to acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Subject to certain exceptions for follow-on investments and distressed companies, an investment in an issuer that has outstanding securities listed on a national securities exchange may be treated as qualifying assets only if such issuer has a market capitalization that is less than $250 million at the time of such investment. In addition, we may invest up to 30% of our portfolio in opportunistic investments which will be intended to diversify or complement the remainder of our portfolio and to enhance our returns to stockholders. These investments may include private equity investments, securities of public companies that are broadly traded and securities of non-U.S. companies. We expect that these public companies generally will have debt securities that are non-investment grade.
 
Our incentive fee may induce our investment adviser to make certain investments, including speculative investments.
 
The incentive fee payable by us to MCC Advisors may create an incentive for MCC Advisors to make investments on our behalf that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. The way in which the incentive fee payable to MCC Advisors is determined, which is calculated separately in two components as a percentage of the interest and other ordinary income in excess of a quarterly minimum hurdle rate and as a percentage of the realized gain on invested capital, may encourage MCC Advisors to use leverage or take additional risk to increase the return on our investments. The use of leverage may magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested. The use of leverage is considered a speculative technique. If we borrow from banks or other lenders, we would expect that such lenders will seek recovery against our assets in the event of a default and these lenders likely will have claims on our assets that are superior to those of our equity holders. In addition, MCC Advisors receives the incentive fee based, in part, upon net capital gains realized on our investments. Unlike the portion of the incentive fee based on income, there is no minimum level of gain applicable to the portion of the incentive fee based on net capital gains. As a result, MCC Advisors may have an incentive to invest more in investments that are likely to result in capital gains as compared to income producing securities. This practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during economic downturns.
 
We may invest, to the extent permitted by law, in the securities and instruments of other investment companies, including private funds, and, to the extent we so invest, we will bear our ratable share of any such investment company’s expenses, including management and performance fees. We will also remain obligated to pay management and incentive fees to MCC Advisors with respect to the assets invested in the securities and instruments of other investment companies. With respect to each of these investments, each of our common stockholders will bear his or her share of the management and incentive fee of MCC Advisors as well as indirectly bear the management and performance fees and other expenses of any investment companies in which we invest.


29


Table of Contents

We may be obligated to pay our investment adviser incentive compensation even if we incur a loss and may pay more than 20% of our net capital gains because we cannot recover payments made in previous years.
 
Our investment adviser will be entitled to incentive compensation for each fiscal quarter in an amount equal to a percentage of the excess of our net investment income for that quarter above a threshold return for that quarter. Our pre-incentive fee net investment income for incentive compensation purposes excludes realized and unrealized capital losses that we may incur in the fiscal quarter, even if such capital losses result in a net loss on our statement of operations for that quarter. Thus, we may be required to pay our investment adviser incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or we incur a net loss for that quarter. If we pay an incentive fee of 20% of our realized capital gains (net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis) and thereafter experience additional realized capital losses or unrealized capital depreciation, we will not be able to recover any portion of the incentive fee previously paid.
 
Our investments in foreign securities may involve significant risks in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.
 
Our investment strategy contemplates that a portion of our investments may be in securities of foreign companies. Investing in foreign companies may expose us to additional risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks include changes in exchange control regulations, political and social instability, expropriation, imposition of foreign taxes, less liquid markets and less available information than is generally the case in the United States, higher transaction costs, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and greater price volatility.
 
Although it is anticipated that most of our investments will be denominated in U.S. dollars, our investments that are denominated in a foreign currency will be subject to the risk that the value of a particular currency may change in relation to the U.S. dollar. Among the factors that may affect currency values are trade balances, the level of short-term interest rates, differences in relative values of similar assets in different currencies, long-term opportunities for investment and capital appreciation and political developments. We may employ hedging techniques to minimize these risks, but we can offer no assurance that we will, in fact, hedge currency risk or, that if we do, such strategies will be effective. As a result, a change in currency exchange rates may adversely affect our profitability.
 
Hedging transactions may expose us to additional risks.
 
We may engage in currency or interest rate hedging transactions. If we engage in hedging transactions, we may expose ourselves to risks associated with such transactions. We may utilize instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates. Hedging against a decline in the values of our portfolio positions does not eliminate the possibility of fluctuations in the values of such positions or prevent losses if the values of such positions decline. However, such hedging can establish other positions designed to gain from those same developments, thereby offsetting the decline in the value of such portfolio positions. Such hedging transaction may also limit the opportunity for gain if the values of the underlying portfolio positions should increase. Moreover, it may not be possible to hedge against an exchange rate or interest rate fluctuation that is so generally anticipated that we are not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an acceptable price.
 
While we may enter into transactions to seek to reduce currency exchange rate and interest rate risks, unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or interest rates may result in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and


30


Table of Contents

price movements in the portfolio positions being hedged may vary. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek or be able to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations.
 
The disposition of our investments may result in contingent liabilities.
 
We currently expect that a significant portion of our investments will involve private securities. In connection with the disposition of an investment in private securities, we may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of the portfolio company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. We may also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such investment to the extent that any such representations turn out to be inaccurate or with respect to certain potential liabilities. These arrangements may result in contingent liabilities that ultimately yield funding obligations that must be satisfied through our return of certain distributions previously made to us.
 
If we invest in the securities and obligations of distressed and bankrupt issuers, we might not receive interest or other payments.
 
We may invest in the securities and obligations of distressed and bankrupt issuers, including debt obligations that are in covenant or payment default. Such investments generally are considered speculative. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer of those obligations might not make any interest or other payments. We may not realize gains from our equity investments.
 
Risks Related to Our Operations as a BDC and a RIC
 
Regulations governing our operation as a BDC may limit our ability to, and the way in which we raise additional capital, which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our business will in the future require a substantial amount of capital in addition to the proceeds of this offering. We may acquire additional capital from the issuance of senior securities (including debt and preferred stock), the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or from securitization transactions. However, we may not be able to raise additional capital in the future on favorable terms or at all. Additionally, we may only issue senior securities up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act permits us to issue senior securities only in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such issuance or incurrence. If our assets decline in value and we fail to satisfy this test, we may be required to liquidate a portion of our investments and repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales or repayment may be disadvantageous, which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.
 
  •  Senior Securities.  As a result of issuing senior securities, we would also be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss. If we issue preferred securities, such securities would rank “senior” to common stock in our capital structure, resulting in preferred stockholders having separate voting rights and possibly rights, preferences or privileges more favorable than those granted to holders of our common stock. Furthermore, the issuance of preferred securities could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stockholders or otherwise be in your best interest.


31


Table of Contents

 
  •  Additional Common Stock.  Our board of directors may decide to issue common stock to finance our operations rather than issuing debt or other senior securities. As a BDC, we are generally not able to issue our common stock at a price below NAV without first obtaining required approvals from our stockholders and our independent directors. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price, that in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities at the relevant time. We may also make rights offerings to our stockholders at prices per share less than the NAV per share, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. If we raise additional funds by issuing more common stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time would decrease, and such stockholders may experience dilution.
 
Efforts to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will involve significant expenditures, and non-compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may adversely affect us and the market price of our common stock.
 
Under current SEC rules, beginning with our fiscal year ending June 30, 2011, we will be required to report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules and regulations of the SEC. We will be required to review on an annual basis our internal control over financial reporting, and on a quarterly and annual basis to evaluate and disclose changes in our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, we expect to incur additional expenses in the near term that may negatively impact our financial performance and our ability to make distributions. This process also will result in a diversion of management’s time and attention. We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations, and we may not be able to ensure that the process is effective or that our internal control over financial reporting is or will be effective in a timely manner. In the event that we are unable to maintain or achieve compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules, we and the market price of our common stock may be adversely affected.
 
Changes in the laws or regulations governing our business, or changes in the interpretations thereof, and any failure by us to comply with these laws or regulations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
 
Changes in the laws or regulations or the interpretations of the laws and regulations that govern BDCs, RICs or non-depository commercial lenders could significantly affect our operations and our cost of doing business. We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations and are subject to judicial and administrative decisions that affect our operations, including our loan originations, maximum interest rates, fees and other charges, disclosures to portfolio companies, the terms of secured transactions, collection and foreclosure procedures and other trade practices. If these laws, regulations or decisions change, or if we expand our business into jurisdictions that have adopted more stringent requirements than those in which we currently conduct business, we may have to incur significant expenses in order to comply, or we might have to restrict our operations. In addition, if we do not comply with applicable laws, regulations and decisions, we may lose licenses needed for the conduct of our business and may be subject to civil fines and criminal penalties.
 
If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could fail to qualify as a BDC, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. See “Regulation”. We believe that most of the investments that we may acquire in the future will constitute qualifying assets. However, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive


32


Table of Contents

investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could be found to be in violation of the 1940 Act provisions applicable to BDCs and possibly lose our status as a BDC, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We will become subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code.
 
Although we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code for 2010 and succeeding tax years, no assurance can be given that we will be able to qualify for and maintain RIC status. To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code, we must meet the following annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements.
 
  •  The annual distribution requirement for a RIC will be satisfied if we distribute to our stockholders on an annual basis at least 90% of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. Because we may use debt financing, we are subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we could fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.
 
  •  The income source requirement will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our income for each year from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of stock or securities or similar sources.
 
  •  The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if we meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our taxable year. Failure to meet those requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments will be in private companies, and therefore will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.
 
If we fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment for any reason and remain or become subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial conditions, and thus, our stockholders.
 
Risks Relating to This Offering
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that the market price of shares of our common stock will not decline following the offering.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public trading market for our common stock and we cannot assure you that one will develop or be sustained after this offering. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price for our common stock was determined through negotiations among us and the underwriters, and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which it will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of our value. Shares of companies offered in an initial public offering often trade at a discount to the initial offering price due to sales loads, underwriting discounts and related offering expenses. Therefore, our common stock may be more appropriate for long-term investors than for investors with shorter term investment horizons and should not be treated as a trading vehicle.


33


Table of Contents

Investors in this offering will experience immediate dilution upon the closing of the offering.
 
If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution of approximately $0.74 per share because the price that you pay will be greater than the pro forma NAV per share of the shares you acquire. This dilution is in large part due to the expenses incurred by us in connection with the consummation of this offering. Accordingly, investors in this offering will pay a price per share that exceeds our net asset value per share after the closing of the offering. See “Dilution.”
 
Subject to receipt of exemptive relief, we have agreed pursuant to the investment management agreement with our adviser to pay 50% of the net after-tax incentive fee in the form of shares of our stock at the then current market price, which may be below our NAV; this may affect the market price of our stock and may result in dilution to existing stockholders.
 
As we describe under “The Adviser”, pursuant to the investment management agreement with our adviser, subject to receipt of exemptive relief from the SEC, we have agreed to pay 50% of the net after-tax incentive fee in the form of shares of our stock at their then current market price. This may result in the issuance of shares to our adviser at a price that is below our then current NAV (if our market price is below our NAV on the issuance date of the shares). Any issuances below NAV may have a negative effect on our stock price. In addition, the interests of existing stockholders may be diluted. The extent of the dilution that may be incurred is not calculable.
 
The 1940 Act prohibits us from selling shares of our common stock at a price below the current NAV of such stock, with certain exceptions. One such exception would permit us to sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock during the next year at a price below our then current NAV if our stockholders approve such a sale and our directors make certain determinations. At our next annual shareholders’ meeting, we will seek approval to continue this arrangement.
 
Our ability to pay 50% of the net after-tax incentive fee to the Adviser in shares of our common stock is contingent on our receipt of exemptive relief from the SEC.
 
Pursuant to our investment management agreement with the Adviser, we have agreed, to the extent permissible, to pay 50% of the net after-tax incentive fee in shares of our common stock at their then current market price. In addition to the restriction on the issuance of shares of our common stock, including shares issued as compensation to the Adviser, at a price below our then current NAV as described in the risk factor above, under the 1940 Act we are also prohibited from issuing shares of our common stock for services rendered unless and until we obtain from the SEC an exemptive order permitting such practice. We will apply for an exemptive order from the SEC to permit us to pay 50% of the net after-tax incentive fee to the Adviser by issuing shares of our common stock to the Adviser. The SEC is not obligated to grant an exemptive order to allow this practice and will do so only if it determines that such practice is consistent with stockholder interests and does not involve overreaching by our management or board of directors. In the event that we do not receive such exemptive relief, we will pay the entire incentive fee in cash, which could have an adverse effect on us.
 
We may be unable to invest a significant portion of the net proceeds of this offering on acceptable terms in the time frame contemplated by this prospectus.
 
Delays in investing the net proceeds of this offering may cause our performance to be worse than that of other investment vehicles pursuing similar investment strategies. We may not be able to identify investments that meet our investment objective or ensure that any investment that we make will produce a positive return. We may be unable to invest the net proceeds of this offering on acceptable terms within the time period that we anticipate or at all, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.
 
We currently anticipate that, depending on market conditions, it may take us up to one year to invest all of the net proceeds of this offering in accordance with our investment objective. During this


34


Table of Contents

period, we expect to invest any unused portion of the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which may produce returns that are significantly lower than the returns that we anticipate receiving on our portfolio investments. As a result, we may not be able to pay any distributions during this period or, if we are able to do so, such distributions may be substantially lower than the distributions that we expect to pay when our portfolio is fully invested in accordance with our investment objective. In addition, until such time as the net proceeds of this offering are fully invested in accordance with our investment objective, the market price for our common stock may decline, such that the initial return on your investment may be lower than when, if ever, our portfolio is fully invested.
 
There is a risk that you may not receive distributions or that our distributions may not grow over time.
 
We intend to make distributions on a quarterly basis to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. In addition, due to the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions.
 
Investing in our common stock may involve an above average degree of risk.
 
The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options and volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies may be highly speculative and aggressive, and therefore, an investment in our common stock may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.
 
Our common stock price may be volatile and may fluctuate substantially.
 
As with any stock, the price of our common stock will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If you sell shares, the price you receive may be more or less than your original investment. NAV will be reduced immediately following our initial offering by the amount of the sales load and selling expenses paid by us. Our common stock is intended for long-term investors and should not be treated as a trading vehicle. Shares of closed-end management investment companies, which are structured similarly to us, frequently trade at a discount from their NAV. Our shares may trade at a price that is less than the offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the offering.
 
The market price and liquidity of the market for our common shares may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:
 
  •  significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of BDCs or other companies in the sector in which we operate, which are not necessarily related to the operating performance of these companies;
 
  •  changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to BDCs or RICs;
 
  •  loss of RIC status;
 
  •  changes in earnings or variations in operating results;
 
  •  changes in the value of our portfolio of investments;
 
  •  any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts;
 
  •  departure of key personnel from our investment adviser;


35


Table of Contents

 
  •  operating performance of companies comparable to us;
 
  •  general economic trends and other external factors; and
 
  •  loss of a major funding source.
 
We may allocate the net proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may disagree.
 
We will have significant flexibility in investing the net proceeds of this offering and may use the net proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may disagree or for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of the offering.
 
Certain provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.
 
The Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us. These anti-takeover provisions may inhibit a change in control in circumstances that could give the holders of our common stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the market price of our common stock.


36


Table of Contents

 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
In addition to factors previously identified elsewhere in this prospectus, including the “Risks” section of this prospectus, the following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements or historical performance:
 
  •  the introduction, withdrawal, success and timing of business initiatives and strategies;
 
  •  changes in political, economic or industry conditions, the interest rate environment or conditions affecting the financial and capital markets, which could result in changes in the value of our assets;
 
  •  the relative and absolute investment performance and operations of our investment adviser;
 
  •  the impact of increased competition;
 
  •  the impact of future acquisitions and divestitures;
 
  •  our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;
 
  •  the impact of legislative and regulatory actions and reforms and regulatory, supervisory or enforcement actions of government agencies relating to us or MCC Advisors;
 
  •  our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;
 
  •  any future financings by us;
 
  •  the ability of MCC Advisors to attract and retain highly talented professionals;
 
  •  fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;
 
  •  the impact of changes to tax legislation and, generally, our tax position; and
 
  •  the unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings.
 
This prospectus, and other statements that we may make, may contain forward-looking statements with respect to future financial or business performance, strategies or expectations. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words or phrases such as “trend”, “opportunity”, “pipeline”, “believe”, “comfortable”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “current”, “intention”, “estimate”, “position”, “assume”, “potential”, “outlook”, “continue”, “remain”, “maintain”, “sustain”, “seek”, “achieve” and similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “will”, “would”, “should”, “could”, “may” or similar expressions.
 
Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we assume no duty to and do not undertake to update forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements do not meet the safe harbor for forward-looking statements pursuant to Section 27A of the Securities Act. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from historical performance.


37


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
The net proceeds of the offering are estimated to be approximately $184.8 million (approximately $212.2 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering and organizational expenses of approximately $1.4 million payable by us. We are concurrently offering shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price directly to MCC Advisors and some of its employees pursuant to this prospectus. Since these shares are being sold directly by us and not through the underwriters, no underwriting discount or commission will be paid to the underwriters for shares purchased by MCC Advisors and these employees. Consequently, the entire amount of the proceeds from the sale of these shares will be paid directly to us. MCC Advisors and its employees have submitted non-binding indication of interests to purchase $4 million of shares of the common stock in connection with this offering directly from us. As a result, the estimated net proceeds to be received by us from this offering assumes the receipt of such purchase price for such shares in this offering without deducting any underwriting discounts and commission therefrom.
 
We intend to use the net proceeds to make investments in portfolio companies in accordance with our investment objective and for general corporate purposes. We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering will be used for the above purposes within six to 12 months, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objective and market conditions. We cannot assure you that we will achieve our targeted investment pace. In order to enhance our income in comparison to the income from cash equivalents and other short-term securities, during the period following this offering in which we are originating our initial portfolio of secured debt, we may invest a significant portion of the net proceeds from this offering in additional secured loans that are available in the secondary market.
 
Pending investments in accordance with our investment objectives and policies, we will invest the remaining net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities and other high-quality debt instruments that mature in one year or less, or “temporary investments”, as appropriate. These securities may have lower yields than our other investments and accordingly result in lower distributions, if any, by us during such period. See “Regulation — Temporary Investments” and “The Adviser — Investment Management Agreement”.


38


Table of Contents

 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
We intend to make quarterly distributions to our stockholders commencing the first full calendar quarter following the quarter in which this offering is contemplated. The timing and amount of our quarterly distributions, if any, will be determined by our board of directors. Any distributions to our stockholders will be declared out of assets legally available for distribution.
 
We intend to elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. To obtain RIC tax benefits, we must distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, out of our assets legally available for distribution. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our net ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (2) 98% of the amount by which our capital gains exceed our capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (3) certain undistributed amounts from previous years on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax. In addition, although we currently intend to distribute realized net capital gains (i.e., net long-term capital gains in excess of short-term capital losses), if any, at least annually, out of the assets legally available for such distributions, we may in the future decide to retain such capital gains for investment. In such event, the consequences of our retention of net capital gains are as described under “Tax Matters”. We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit the payment of any cash distributions and, if we issue senior securities, the 1940 Act asset coverage requirements or the terms of our senior securities may prevent us from making distributions.
 
We intend to maintain an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a cash dividend or other distribution, each stockholder that has not “opted out” of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock rather than receiving cash dividends. Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of shares of common stock will be subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as if they received cash distributions. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan”.


39


Table of Contents

 
FORMATION
 
MCC Advisors team manages two private funds, MOF LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and MOF LTD, a Cayman Islands limited company treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend that each of MOF LTD and MOF LP will assign all of their respective interests in the Loan Assets to MOF I BDC in exchange for membership interests in MOF I BDC. At that time, MOF LTD will own approximately 95% of the outstanding MOF I BDC membership interests and MOF LP will own approximately 5% of the outstanding MOF I BDC membership interests. MOF I BDC will then have a 100% interest in the Loan Assets. Each of MOF LTD and MOF LP will then contribute their respective MOF I BDC membership interests to Medley Capital BDC LLC, a second newly formed Delaware limited liability company, in exchange for Medley Capital BDC LLC membership interests. MOF I BDC will, thereafter, be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Medley Capital BDC LLC. Medley Capital BDC LLC will then convert into Medley Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, immediately prior to the completion of this offering. For more information regarding the Loan Assets, see “Portfolio Companies”.
 
For purposes of determining NAV for the transfer of the seven initial loans to the Company, we will engage independent third-party valuation firms to establish the Transfer Value for the Loan Assets as of the Valuation Date. The Transfer Value will be approved by our board of directors (which will include a majority of independent directors) and will be consistent with the beginning balance sheet that will be audited by our auditors. Between the Valuation Date and the Transfer Date, which will be immediately prior to consummation of the initial public offering, the consideration paid will be adjusted to reflect any interim period interest accrued subsequent to the Valuation Date in respect of the Loan Assets, consistent with GAAP accounting recognition of accrued interest. There will be a valuation Bring Down on the Transfer Date that will be conducted by the independent third-party valuation firms to ensure that there have been no material event(s) that have caused a change in the Transfer Value of the loans to be different than the previously determined NAV on the Valuation Date as adjusted for the interim period accrued interest received.


40


Table of Contents

Set forth below is a diagram showing how the assignment of the participation interests in the Loan Assets to MOF I BDC will be effected.
 
(DIAGRAM)
 
Set forth below is a diagram showing how the assignment of the contribution interests of MOF I BDC to Medley Capital BDC LLC will be effected.
 
(DIAGRAM)


41


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth:
 
  •  The actual capitalization of Medley Capital BDC LLC at May 31, 2010.
 
  •  The pro forma capitalization of Medley Capital Corporation giving effect to the completion of the BDC Formation, including the conversion of all outstanding limited liability company interests in Medley Capital BDC LLC into shares of common stock of Medley Capital Corporation.
 
  •  The pro forma capitalization of Medley Capital Corporation as adjusted to reflect (a) the sale of 13,066,667 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated organizational and offering expenses of approximately $1.4 million payable by us; (b) the concurrent sale of 266,667 shares of our common stock directly by us to MCC Advisors and some of its employees in this offering at the initial public offering price of $15 per share (the mid-point of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).
 
                         
    As of May 31, 2010  
    Medley Capital
       
    BDC LLC     Medley Capital Corporation  
                Pro Forma
 
    Actual    
Pro Forma(1)
   
as Adjusted(2)
 
    (Unaudited)
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Assets:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 15,170     $ 15,170     $ 184,842,170  
Investments at fair value
          104,375,584       104,375,584  
Interest receivable
          853,154       853,154  
Other assets
    49,760       49,760        
                         
Total assets
  $ 64,930     $ 105,293,668     $ 290,070,908  
                         
Liabilities:
                       
Other liabilities
  $ 157,000     $ 157,000     $  
                         
Stockholders’ equity
                       
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 7,009,111 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 20,342,445 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
        $ 7,009     $ 20,342  
Capital in excess of par
          105,221,728       290,142,635  
Accumulated loss
    (92,070 )     (92,070 )     (92,070 )
                         
Total stockholders’ equity
    (92,070 )     105,136,668       290,070,908  
                         
Pro forma NAV per share
        $ 15.00     $ 14.26  
 
(1) Reflects the completion of the BDC Formation, including the conversion of 1,000 outstanding limited liability company interests of Medley Capital BDC LLC into 7,009,111 shares of common stock of Medley Capital Corporation, immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, at the mid-point of the initial public offering price of $15.00 per share. The pro forma capitalization may change subject to the final Bring Down on the Transfer Date and as a result of accrued and unpaid interest on the Loan Assets during the period from May 31, 2010 to the date hereof. See “Formation”.
 
(2) Adjusts the pro forma information to give effect to this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares).


42


Table of Contents

 
DILUTION
 
The dilution to investors in this offering is represented by the difference between the offering price per share and the pro forma NAV per share after this offering. NAV per share is determined by dividing our NAV, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities, by the number of outstanding shares of common stock.
 
After giving pro forma effect to the BDC Formation our NAV was $105.1 million, or approximately $15.00 per share of common stock. After giving effect to the sale of the shares to be sold in this offering, including 266,667 shares sold to MCC Advisors and some of its employees directly by us (as to which no underwriting discount or commission will be paid) and the deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated organizational and offering expenses, our pro forma NAV would have been approximately $290.1 million, or $14.26 per share, representing an immediate decrease in NAV of $0.74 per share, or 4.9%, to shares sold in this offering.
 
The following table illustrates the dilution to the shares on a per share basis:
 
         
Assumed initial public offering price per share
  $ 15.00  
NAV upon completion of the BDC Formation
  $ 15.00  
Increase in NAV attributable to this offering
  $ 0.00  
Pro forma NAV after this offering
  $ 14.26  
Dilution to new stockholders (without exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares)
  $ 0.74  
 
The following table sets forth information with respect to the shares prior to and following this offering (without exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares):
 
                                         
    Shares
    Total
    Average
 
    Purchased     Consideration     Price
 
   
Number
   
%
   
Amount
   
%
   
Per Share
 
 
Shares outstanding upon completion of the BDC Formation
    7,009,111       34.46 %     105,136,668       34.46 %   $ 15.00  
Shares to be sold in this offering
    13,066,667       64.23 %     196,000,000       64.23 %   $ 15.00  
Shares to be sold in this offering to MCC Advisors and its employees
    266,667       1.31 %     4,000,000       1.31 %   $ 15.00  
                                         
Total
    20,342,445       100 %     305,136,668       100 %        
 
The pro forma NAV upon completion of this offering (without exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) is calculated as follows:
 
         
Numerator:
       
NAV upon completion of the BDC Formation
  $ 105,136,668  
Assumed proceeds from this offering (after deduction of certain estimated offering and organizational expenses as described in Use of Proceeds)
  $ 184,934,240  
Denominator:
       
Shares outstanding upon completion of the BDC Formation
    7,009,111  
Shares included in this offering
    13,333,334  


43


Table of Contents

 
THE COMPANY
 
General
 
We are a direct lender targeting private debt transactions ranging in size from $10 to $50 million to borrowers principally located in North America. We will seek to deliver equity-like returns to our investors on investments with the risk profile of secured debt. Our private debt transactions are generally structured to combine elements of both equity and fixed-income investments. Although our objective is to deliver a targeted total return to investors on average of 15% over time, this is not a guaranteed return. There can be no assurance that we will achieve our targeted returns as this information is subject to many risks, uncertainties and other factors some of which are beyond our control, including market conditions. We will provide customized financing solutions, typically in the form of secured loans to corporate and asset-based borrowers, and may utilize structures such as sale leaseback transactions, direct asset purchases or other hybrid structures that we believe replicate the economics and risk profile of secured loans. We may also selectively make subordinated debt and equity investments in borrowers to which we have extended secured debt financing. We believe that the current lending environment presents a significant opportunity for our strategy, as the recent financial crisis has reduced competition in the lending industry while demand for credit among private borrowers has increased. We believe that as a result of these supply and demand dynamics, private debt providers can earn wider spreads and increased equity upside while taking less risk than in recent business cycles.
 
The members of our management, Brook Taube, Seth Taube and Andrew Fentress, also serve as the Principals of the Adviser, and each brings 18 years of experience in finance, transaction sourcing, credit analysis, transaction structuring, due diligence and investing. Brook and Seth Taube began working together professionally in 1996 and teamed up with Andrew Fentress in 2003 to manage the CN Opportunity Fund, which deployed approximately $325 million in 20 transactions with a private debt strategy similar to the strategy we are pursuing. At the end of 2005, the members of our management formed Medley Capital LLC, a private investment management firm.
 
Our management team also currently manages MOF LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and MOF LTD, a Cayman Islands limited company. MOF LP and MOF LTD are sister funds dedicated to the same private debt strategy we are pursuing. Since their formation in 2006, MOF LP and MOF LTD have deployed in excess of $1.1 billion in 41 transactions. Of these, 11 portfolio investments have been fully realized. As of May 31, 2010, approximately $497 million of principal and interest has been returned to MOF LP and MOF LTD. Combining the total returns of MOF LP and MOF LTD, from 2006 to 2009, and the total returns of CN Opportunity Fund, from 2003 to 2005, the Principals of the Adviser have delivered a total average annual return of 14.8% (unleveraged), net of fees and expenses in their private debt strategy. The track record and achievements of the Principals of the Adviser are not necessarily indicative of future results that we will achieve in the future.
 
As part of the formation transaction described in more detail elsewhere in this prospectus, MOF LP and MOF LTD will contribute the Loan Assets with a combined fair value of approximately $105 million in exchange for 7,009,111 shares of our common stock. Immediately prior to this offering, these loans will be held in MOF I BDC, a recently formed Delaware LLC, which will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
 
We may use debt in modest amounts within the levels permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which we refer to as the 1940 Act, when the terms and conditions available are favorable to long-term investing and well-aligned with our investment strategy and portfolio composition. In determining whether to borrow money, we will analyze the maturity, covenant package and rate structure of the proposed borrowings, as well as the risks of such borrowings within the context of our investment outlook. We may use leverage to fund new transactions, alleviating the timing challenges of raising new equity capital through follow-on offerings, and to enhance shareholder returns.


44


Table of Contents

MCC Advisors
 
Our investment activities are managed by our investment adviser, MCC Advisors. MCC Advisors is an affiliate of Medley Capital LLC and has offices in New York and San Francisco. MCC Advisors will be responsible for sourcing investment opportunities, conducting industry research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments and monitoring our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. MCC Advisors’ team will draw on its expertise in lending to predominantly privately-held borrowers in a range of sectors, including industrials and transportation, energy and natural resources, financials and real estate. In addition, MCC Advisors will seek to diversify our portfolio of loans by company type, asset type, transaction size, industry and geography.
 
The Principals of MCC Advisors have worked together for the past seven years, during which time they have focused on implementing their private debt strategy. A diversified portfolio of secured private debt investments combined with rigorous asset management have allowed Medley Capital, which the Principals of the Adviser manage and operate, to successfully navigate the challenging market that began in 2007. We believe that MCC Advisors’ disciplined and consistent approach to origination, portfolio construction and risk management should allow it to continue to achieve compelling risk-adjusted returns for us.
 
MCC Advisors also serves as our administrator, leases office space to us and provides us with equipment and office services. The responsibilities of our administrator include overseeing our financial records, preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC and generally monitoring the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others.
 
Portfolio Composition
 
The Loan Assets contributed were originated by Medley Capital and were selected from the portfolio investments of MOF LP and MOF LTD because they are secured loans and similar to the investments we intend to make going forward. They had a weighted average yield to maturity of approximately 14.9% at May 31, 2010, of which approximately 13.2% was current cash pay. In addition, the weighted average LTV of our Loan Assets as May 31, 2010 was approximately 33.2%. As we discuss below, the LTV ratio of a Loan Asset is one useful indicator of the risk associated with that Loan Asset. The LTV ratio is the amount of our loan divided by the total assets or enterprise value of the portfolio company in which we are investing. The determination of these calculations is more fully described in the section entitled “Portfolio Companies” elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Set forth below are two charts, one showing the geographic diversification of the Loan Assets and the other showing the industry diversification of the Loan Assets.
 
     
Geographic Diversification
  Industry Diversification
     
(PIE CHART)   (PIE CHART)


45


Table of Contents

Investment Strategy
 
We believe that a well-structured portfolio of private debt transactions can generate equity-like returns with the risk profile of secured debt. Private debt combines attractive elements of both equity and fixed-income investments because transactions are generally structured as secured loans with equity upside in the form of options, warrants, cash flow sharing, co-investment rights or other participation features. As a result, we believe our private debt strategy offers upside potential, similar to mezzanine and private equity investments, and downside protection, similar to bank loans.
 
We believe that private debt offers an attractive investment opportunity for the following reasons:
 
Attractive Yield Opportunity.  We believe our ability to work directly with borrowers to create customized financing solutions enables us to deliver attractive yields to investors while eliminating intermediaries who extract fees for their services. Addressing complex situations that are generally underserved by traditional lenders enables us to generate excess returns. Private debt transactions have either a fixed or variable coupon payment due periodically, typically monthly or quarterly, and usually include (but are not limited to) exit fees, warrants, and PIK interest. We intend to target investments with an annual gross internal rate of return of 18-25% on an unleveraged basis. The components of the gross internal rate of return include (1) contractual returns of approximately 14-18%, consisting of approximately 11-13% cash interest with an additional 3-5% of PIK interest; and (2) upside return of as much as 4-7% or more over time, consisting of warrants or other forms of upside participation. Furthermore, while equity holders typically receive no cash or other periodic payments on their investments until a liquidity event occurs, regular interest payments on private debt transactions, combined with amortization payments, reduce the overall level of risk for the investor.
 
Downside Protection.  We will generally structure our transactions as secured loans supported by a security interest in the portfolio company’s assets, as well as a pledge of the portfolio company’s equity. We believe our secured debt position and corresponding covenant package should provide priority of return and also control over any asset sales, capital raises, dividend distributions, insurance proceeds and restructuring processes. We believe that the current supply and demand imbalance in the private debt market will enable providers of credit to take less risk on new loans. Risk metrics are expressed through lower first-lien debt/EBITDA ratios, lower LTV ratios and higher coverage ratios, which we believe will further reduce the risk of principal loss. We will target first-lien debt/EBITDA ratios of less than 3.5x, LTVs of lower than 65% and interest coverage ratios of 1.5x and higher. To the extent we invest in subordinate debt or equity securities of a portfolio company, these ratios will be higher, but we believe in such cases the upside opportunity will compensate for the incremental risk. We intend to continue the proven asset management strategy focused primarily on private debt that our management has successfully executed over the last seven years in this private debt strategy. We believe that our management’s proven process of thorough origination, due diligence and structuring, combined with careful account monitoring and diversification, have enabled Medley Capital to consistently protect investor capital.
 
Predictability of Returns.  We will develop potential exit strategies upon origination of each transaction and will continually monitor potential exits throughout the life of the transaction. We intend to structure our transactions as secured loans with a covenant package that will provide for repayment upon the completion of asset sales and restructurings. Because these private debt transactions are structured to provide for these lender contractually determined, periodic payments of principal and interest, they are less likely to depend generally on the existence of robust M&A or public equity markets to deliver returns. We believe, as a result, that we can achieve our target returns even if public markets remain challenging for a long period of time.


46


Table of Contents

Market Opportunity
 
We believe the credit crises that began in 2007 and the subsequent exit of traditional lending sources have created a compelling opportunity for skilled debt providers in the middle-market. We expect to take advantage of the following favorable trends in private lending:
 
Reduced Competition Leads to Higher Quality Deal Flow.  Traditional sources of liquidity have declined considerably. Commercial banks and other leveraged financial institutions have curtailed their lending activities in the current environment. Similarly, hedge funds and other opportunistic leverage providers’ access to capital have decreased substantially, thus reducing their ability to provide capital. Finally, we believe continuing bank consolidation has resulted in larger financial institutions that have shifted product offerings away from the middle-market in favor of larger corporate clients. We believe that the relative absence of competition will facilitate higher quality deal flow and allow for greater selectivity throughout the investment process. The following charts illustrate the substantial decline in middle-market lending and bank consolidation in recent years.
 
     
Quarterly Leveraged Loan Issuance Volume(1)
($ in billions)
  U.S. Bank Consolidation(2) and Average US High Yield Debt Deal Size(3)
     
(BAR GRAPH)   (BAR GRAPH)
 
(1) Source: S&P LCD, as of 3/31/10. Includes issuers with $50M or less of EBITDA.
 
(2)
Source: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Represents number of commercial banking institutions insured by the FDIC as of 12/31/09.
 
(3) Source: Thomson Financial as of 12/31/09.
 
Lack of Liquidity Creates Attractive Pricing.  We believe that a meaningful gap exists between public and private market debt spreads, primarily due to the fact that liquidity has not been returning to the private lending markets in the same way it has been returning to the public debt markets. As such, we believe that lenders to private middle-market companies in particular will continue to benefit from attractive pricing. We believe that gross internal rates of return of 18 to 25% are available for private debt investments in the current market via cash interest, PIK interest and equity participations. Conventional lending has been returning for public companies as evidenced by tightening spreads throughout 2009 and early 2010. Despite the general normalization of spreads, the graph below shows that middle-market issuers of public debt still face meaningfully higher debt costs than larger corporate borrowers. We believe this is even more pronounced for middle-market private companies.


47


Table of Contents

Average Discounted Spread of Leveraged Loans
 
(LINE GRAPH)
 
Source: S&P’s LCD and S&P/LSTA Leveraged Loan Index, as of 3/31/10. Represents spreads over LIBOR.
Excludes all facilities in default and assumes that discount from par is amortized over a three-year life.
“Large Corporate Borrowers” means all issuers with annual EBITDA greater than or equal to $50M.
“Middle-Market Borrowers” means all issuers with annual EBITDA less than $50M.
 
Lower Leverage and Lower LTV Ratios Result in More Conservative Transaction Structures.  Lenders in the current environment are requiring lower leverage, increased equity commitments and stricter covenant packages. Reduced leverage and reduced purchase price multiples provide further cushion for borrowers to meet debt service obligations. Accompanying the decline in leverage are lower LTV ratios. Lower LTV ratios result in additional asset coverage and more favorable liquidation outcomes, further mitigating downside risk. The following chart illustrates the 41% decline in total leverage multiples from the peak of the market in 2007.
 
Average Total Leverage Multiples on Middle-Market Loans
 
(BAR GRAPH)
 
Source: S&P LCD, as of 12/31/09. Includes issuers with less than $50M in EBITDA. Leverage multiples represent calendar year-end figures.


48


Table of Contents

 
Specialized Lending Needs and Unfunded Private Equity Commitments Drive Demand for Debt Capital.  Lending to private middle-market companies requires in-depth diligence, credit expertise, restructuring experience and active portfolio management. As such, we believe that, of the U.S. financial institutions that are not liquidity constrained, few are capable of pursuing a private lending strategy successfully. We believe this creates a significant supply/demand imbalance for private credit. Adding to this imbalance is the vast sum of unused private equity capital raised from 2006-2008, which will require debt financing in the coming years. As depicted in the chart below, over $740 billion of unfunded private equity commitments were outstanding as of December 31, 2009.
 
Private Equity Commitments and Invested Capital ($ in billions)
 
(BAR GRAPH)
 
Source: Buyouts Magazine (U.S. Buyout Fund Commitments) / Standard & Poor’s Leveraged Commentary Data (Equity Invested in U.S. Sponsored Transactions), as of 12/31/09.
 
Competitive Advantages
 
We believe that the Company represents an attractive investment opportunity for the following reasons:
 
Successful Track Record.  MOF LP and MOF LTD have deployed in excess of $1.1 billion in 41 transactions. Of these, 11 portfolio investments have been fully realized. As of May 31, 2010, approximately $497 million of principal and interest has been returned to MOF LP and MOF LTD. Medley Capital’s portfolio risk management during the challenging market that began in 2007 has enabled it to deliver consistent returns while protecting capital for investors. Combining the total returns of MOF LP and MOF LTD, from 2006 to 2009, and the total returns of CN Opportunity Fund, from 2003 to 2005, the Principals of the Adviser have delivered a total average annual return of 14.8% (unleveraged), net of fees and expenses in their private debt strategy. The track record and achievements of the Principals of the Adviser are not necessarily indicative of future results that our investment adviser will achieve in the future.
 
Experienced Team.  The Principals of the Adviser bring a combined 54 years of experience in principal finance, investment sourcing, credit analysis, transaction structuring, due diligence and investing. Other members of the Adviser’s investment and asset management team include 10 professionals with extensive experience in transaction sourcing, investment underwriting, credit analysis, account monitoring and restructuring at firms such as JP Morgan, Morgan Stanley, GE Capital and Bank of America. The Adviser’s investment and asset management team has executed, as a group, 41 transactions to date for a total value of $1.1 billion.
 
Focus on Direct Origination.  We will focus on lending directly to portfolio companies that are underserved by the traditional banking system. While we may source transactions via


49


Table of Contents

the private equity sponsor channel, most of our efforts will focus on originating transactions directly to middle-market borrowers. We will target assets and borrowers with enterprise or asset values between $25 and $250 million, a market which we believe is the most opportune for our private debt activities. The current credit crisis has further increased the number of potential transactions available to us, as traditional sources of credit have disappeared or diminished. We believe reduced competition among lenders and increased deal flow should allow us to be even more selective in our underwriting process.
 
Extensive Deal Flow Sourcing Network and National Presence.  Medley Capital’s experience and reputation in the market has enabled it to consistently generate attractive private debt opportunities. As a seasoned provider of private debt, Medley Capital is often sought out as a preferred partner, both by portfolio companies and other financing providers. Generally, as much as half of Medley Capital’s annual origination volume comes from repeat and referral channels. Medley Capital seeks to avoid broadly marketed and syndicated deals. We will leverage Medley Capital’s offices on both coasts to maximize our national origination capabilities and direct calling efforts. Medley Capital filters through as many as 1,000 transactions annually through its origination efforts and targets between 25 and 35 transactions for execution. As of April 30, 2010, Medley Capital had an attractive pipeline of transactions consisting of $641 million of deal volume across 26 investments in a range of sectors, including industrials and transportation, energy and natural resources, financials and real estate. Finally, Medley Capital has a broad network of relationships with national, regional and local bankers, lawyers, accountants and consultants that plays an important role in the origination process.
 
Proven Risk Management.  We will continue the successful asset management process employed by Medley Capital over the last seven years. In particular, our investment transactions will be diversified by company type, asset type, transaction size, industry and geography. We will utilize a systematic underwriting process involving rigorous due diligence, third-party reports and multiple investment committee (discussed below) approvals. Following the closing of each transaction, the Adviser will implement a proprietary, dynamic monitoring system for regularly updating issuer financial, legal, industry and exit analysis, along with other relevant information. At the same time, checks and balances to the asset management process will be provided by third parties, including, as applicable, the following: forensic accountants, valuation specialists, legal counsel, fund administrators and loan servicers.
 
Restructuring and Workout Experience.  The Principals of the Adviser and the Adviser’s investment team combined have worked on over 100 restructurings, liquidations and bankruptcies prior to Medley Capital. This experience provides valuable assistance to the Company in the initial structuring of transactions and throughout the asset management process.
 
Summary of Formation Transaction
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend that each of MOF LP and MOF LTD will assign all of their respective interests in the Loan Assets to MOF I BDC in exchange for membership interests in MOF I BDC. At that time, MOF LTD will own approximately 95% of the outstanding MOF I BDC membership interests and MOF LP will own approximately 5% of the outstanding MOF I BDC membership interests. MOF I BDC will then have a 100% interest in the Loan Assets. Each of MOF LTD and MOF LP will then contribute their respective MOF I BDC membership interests to Medley Capital BDC LLC, a second newly formed Delaware limited liability company, in exchange for Medley Capital BDC LLC membership interests. MOF I BDC will, thereafter, be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Medley Capital BDC LLC. Medley Capital BDC LLC will then convert into Medley Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, immediately prior to the completion of this offering. These transactions will hereinafter be referred to as the “BDC Formation”. For more information regarding the BDC Formation, see “Formation”.
 
For purposes of determining NAV for the transfer of the seven initial loans to the Company, we will engage independent third-party valuation firms to establish the Transfer Value for the Loan Assets as of


50


Table of Contents

the Valuation Date. The Transfer Value will be approved by our board of directors (which will include a majority of independent directors) and will be consistent with the beginning balance sheet that will be audited by our auditors. Between the Valuation Date and the Transfer Date , which will be immediately prior to consummation of the initial public offering, the consideration paid will be adjusted to reflect any interim period interest accrued subsequent to the Valuation Date in respect of the Loan Assets, consistent with GAAP accounting recognition of accrued interest. There will be a valuation Bring Down on the Transfer Date that will be conducted by the independent third-party valuation firms to ensure that there have been no material event(s) that have caused a change in the Transfer Value of the loans to be different than the previously determined NAV on the Valuation Date as adjusted for the interim period accrued interest received.
 
Set forth below is a diagram showing the final structure of the Company immediately prior to the completion of the BDC Formation and this offering.
 
(DIAGRAM)
 
SBIC License
 
The Principals of Medley Capital LLC have applied for a license to form a Small Business Investment Company, or SBIC. If the application is approved and the SBA so permits, the SBIC license will be transferred to a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours, or the “SBIC subsidiary”. The SBIC subsidiary will be able to rely on an exclusion from the definition of “investment company” under the 1940 Act. As such, this SBIC subsidiary will not elect to be treated as a business development company, nor registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. If this application is approved, the SBIC subsidiary will have an investment objective substantially similar to ours and will make similar types of investments in accordance with SBIC regulations.
 
To the extent that we, through the wholly-owned subsidiary, have an SBIC license, the SBIC subsidiary will be allowed to issue SBA-guaranteed debentures, subject to the required capitalization of the SBIC subsidiary. SBA guaranteed debentures carry long-term fixed rates that are generally lower than rates on comparable bank and other debt. Under the regulations applicable to SBICs, an SBIC may have outstanding debentures guaranteed by the SBA generally in an amount of up to twice its regulatory capital, which generally equates to the amount of its equity capital. The SBIC regulations currently limit the amount that an SBIC subsidiary may borrow to a maximum of $150 million, assuming that it has at least $75 million of equity capital. In addition, if we are able to obtain financing under the SBIC program, our SBIC subsidiary will be subject to regulation and oversight by the SBA, including requirements with respect to maintaining certain minimum financial ratios and other covenants.


51


Table of Contents

Operating and Regulatory Structure
 
We are a newly organized, externally-managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that intends to file an election to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes we intend to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code. Our investment activities are managed by MCC Advisors and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of MCC Advisors and its affiliates. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. See “Regulation”.
 
Target Market
 
MCC Advisors will target private debt transactions in portfolio companies using its deal-sourcing network. MCC Advisors plans to invest assets in a variety of situations, including growth and acquisition capital along with re-financings. MCC Advisors will seek to provide growth capital to asset-rich businesses with proven and properly incentivized management teams.
 
Typically, MCC Advisors will lend money to companies with stable or growing businesses, where the team’s rigorous analytical and structuring expertise can identify and capture attractive returns while minimizing risk. Many of these Portfolio Companies will choose MCC Advisors’ form of private debt capital in order to avoid the heavier dilution associated with equity-only investments. Often, target Portfolio Companies cannot access more traditional bank loans because they face size constraints, balance sheet restructuring issues and/or other complexities. MCC Advisors seeks to create a partnership in working with its borrowers to create customized financing solutions and work closely with management teams to address the many dynamic situations and opportunities that present themselves through the life of a relationship. This approach enables MCC Advisors to address opportunities that other lenders may not be able to exploit and offer solutions that others may not have the ability to deliver.
 
We may purchase securities associated with special situations, including bankruptcies and restructurings, where we believe such securities are undervalued. These situations may include: (1) companies in out-of-favor sectors where we may acquire securities at significant discounts to our estimates of the fundamental values of their underlying cash flows or assets; (2) companies undergoing, or considered likely to undergo, reorganizations under bankruptcy law; (3) companies initiating a debt restructuring, reorganization or liquidation outside of bankruptcy; and (4) companies facing a broad range of liquidity issues. Members of our investment team have direct experience in bankruptcy situations on both the creditor and debtor sides.
 
We expect to focus our investment activities on portfolio companies in the following sectors:
 
Industrials and Transportation:  capital equipment, manufacturing, marine assets, rolling stock and logistics.
 
Energy and Natural Resources:  oil and gas services, exploration and production, power generation, minerals, metals, timber, agriculture and water rights.
 
Financials:  leasing, receivables, insurance, non-performing loans and specialty finance.
 
Real Estate:  hard money transactions, first mortgage lending and distressed opportunities.
 
We expect to invest our assets primarily in privately held companies with enterprise or asset values between $25 million and $250 million and will focus on investment sizes of $10 million to $50 million. We believe that pursuing opportunities of this size offers several benefits including reduced competition, a larger investment opportunity set and the ability to minimize the impact of financial intermediaries.


52


Table of Contents

Target Capital Structure
 
We generally will structure our private debt transactions as secured loans. The seniority of our investments in a portfolio company’s capital structure should ensure a high-priority return of capital. Our position as secured lender should permit us to lead and manage any restructuring or asset sale necessary to recover principal that may become at risk. We believe this combination of seniority in repayment and control creates attractive downside protection for investments. We may utilize structures such as sale leaseback transactions, direct asset purchases, or other hybrid structures that we believe replicate the economics and risk profile of senior secured loans. However, we may invest at other levels of a portfolio company’s capital structure (including equity and subordinated debt investments) on an opportunistic basis where we believe the investment presents a compelling risk/reward profile.
 
Target Portfolio Structure
 
We intend to use the same portfolio-construction strategies that the Principals of the Adviser have successfully deployed over the last seven years. The Adviser’s investment team will seek to structure individual investments to optimally balance current yield, equity appreciation and downside protection. We also will attempt to limit overall portfolio risk by diversifying our average investment size, asset type, and industry and geographic concentration.
 
We will seek to generate gross internal rates of return on investments of 18-25% and multiples of invested capital of 2.0-2.5x through cash interest, PIK interest, and upside-participation. Origination fees, restructuring fees and other borrower related payments are also included in these return objectives. The combination of interest and amortization payments over an average investment horizon of three to five years provides high visibility for return of and return on investor capital.
 
Investment Process
 
We have a disciplined and repeatable process for executing, monitoring, restructuring and exiting investments.
 
Identification and Sourcing.  The Adviser’s investment team’s experience and reputation in private debt have allowed it to generate a substantial and continuous flow of attractive investment opportunities. In many cases, the Principals of MCC Advisors attract significant repeat and referral deal flow, as well as other non-auctioned transactions. We believe that MCC Advisors’ breadth and depth of experience across strategies and asset classes, coupled with its significant relationships built over the last 20 years, make it particularly qualified to uncover, evaluate and aggressively pursue more complicated, under-researched and unique investment opportunities. We will avoid broadly marketed and syndicated transactions. Leveraging its proven deal-flow network, the Principals of MCC Advisors have compiled a robust current pipeline of transactions ready for possible inclusion in our portfolio.
 
Analysis and Due Diligence.  Our investment team believes that its expertise in underwriting, financial analysis and enterprise valuation enables it to identify compelling private debt transactions among the numerous opportunities in the private market. Typically, a Principal of the Adviser will lead a transaction and work closely with other MCC Advisors investment professionals on the various aspects of the due diligence process.
 
MCC Advisors maintains a rigorous due diligence process. Prior to making each investment, MCC Advisors subjects each potential portfolio company to an extensive credit review process, including analysis of market and operational dynamics as well as both historical and projected financial analysis. Liquidity, margin trend, leverage, free cash flow and fixed charge coverage statistics as well as their relation to industry metrics are closely scrutinized. Sensitivity analysis is performed on borrower projections with a focus on downside scenarios involving liquidations and asset sales. Areas of additional focus include management or sponsor experience, management compensation, competitive landscape, regulatory threats, pricing power, defensibility of market share and tangible asset values. Background


53


Table of Contents

checks and tax compliance checks are required on all portfolio company management teams and influential operators. Our investment team personally contacts customers, suppliers and competitors and performs on-site, primary and in-depth due diligence to prove or disprove its investment theses.
 
MCC Advisors routinely uses third parties to corroborate valuation, audit and industry specific diligence. Reputable and experienced legal counsel is engaged to evaluate and mitigate any security, regulatory, insurance, tax or other company-specific risk. In reviewing each investment, one or more of the Principals will actively participate in conducting site visits to portfolio companies and their various assets, analyzing corporate documents and reviewing any and all relevant contracts. Finally, multiple investment committee approvals, each requiring a unanimous decision on the part of the Principals, are necessary to close and fund a transaction.
 
Structuring.  MCC Advisors strives to negotiate an optimal combination of current and deferred interest payments, equity participation and prepayment penalties, along with suitable covenants and creditor rights which will generally be greater than the rights normally obtained by institutional investors in comparable transactions and may include such provisions as: specific rights to consult with and advise management, the right to inspect company books, records or facilities, as well as the right to review balance sheets and/or statements of income and cash flows of the company. MCC Advisors determines whether the investment structure, particularly the amount of debt, is appropriate for the portfolio company’s business, sometimes reassessing the investment’s risk/return profile and adjusting pricing and other terms as necessary. Our investment team has in-depth restructuring, liquidation and bankruptcy experience which is vital to success as a direct lender over market cycles.
 
Investment Approval.  After MCC Advisors completes its final due diligence, each proposed investment is presented to the investment committee and subjected to extensive discussion and follow-up analysis, if necessary. A formal memorandum, which includes the results of business due diligence, multi-scenario financial analysis, risk-management assessment, results of third-party consulting work, background checks and structuring proposals is prepared for the investment committee. The investment committee will be comprised of Andrew Fentress, Brook Taube and Seth Taube. Approval of an investment requires a unanimous vote of the investment committee.
 
Investment Monitoring and Exit.  We believe in an active approach to asset management. In total, 13 investment professionals, each with deep restructuring and workout experience, will support our portfolio-monitoring effort. The monitoring process includes frequent interaction with management, attending board of directors’ meetings, consulting with industry experts, working with third-party consultants and developing portfolio company strategy with equity investors. Our investment team also evaluates monthly financial reporting packages from portfolio companies that detail operational and financial performance. Monthly data is entered into MCC Advisors’ proprietary, centralized electronic database. Additionally, this information is reviewed monthly as part of our portfolio monitoring process. To further support this process, our investment team conducts regular third-party valuation analyses and continually monitors future liquidity and covenant compliance. We believe this hands-on approach helps in the early identification of any potential problems.
 
Risk Management
 
Broad Diversification.  We intend to diversify our transactions by company type, asset type, investment size, industry and geography.
 
Careful Structuring.  Our goal in structuring each investment will be to obtain from the portfolio company such conditions and commitments as we deem necessary to effectively exercise our rights and to protect our investment. This will be accomplished primarily by complying with the requirements of the Uniform Commercial Code, and implementing lien filings, cash-control agreements, guarantee agreements, equity and other asset pledges, financial covenants, business covenants and insurance.
 
Rigorous Due Diligence.  Our systematic underwriting process will involve exhaustive in-house due diligence, third-party consulting reports and multiple stages of investment approval, ensuring risk mitigation during and after transaction execution.


54


Table of Contents

Asset Management.  We will employ the proven asset management process used by our investment team in managing private funds. MCC Advisors’ proprietary asset management system (“AMS”) creates a centralized, dynamic electronic reporting system which houses, organizes and archives all portfolio data by investment. AMS generates comprehensive, standardized reports which aggregate operational updates, portfolio company financial performance, asset valuations, macro trends, management call notes, restructuring activities and account history. Additionally, both paper and electronic copies of portfolio company financials, industry reports, consulting reports and covenant compliance certificates are readily available and updated frequently. AMS will enable our investment team to have real-time access to the most recent information regarding our investment portfolio, thus promoting well-informed business decisions for each investment in the context of the entire portfolio. As such, AMS will facilitate the early identification of any potential portfolio issues and provides our investment team the opportunity to give timely advice to portfolio companies to influence changes within the company or review its capital structure.
 
Additionally, MCC Advisors will utilize various third parties to provide checks and balances throughout the asset management process. Independent valuation firms will be engaged to provide appraisals of asset and collateral values. External forensic accounting groups will be engaged to verify portfolio company financial reporting and identify any non-compliance. Reputable and experienced outside legal counsel will be engaged on each investment to ensure proper transaction structuring and enforcement of our rights. Our loan servicer, Deutsche Bank Loan Servicing (“DB”), will manage the notification and receipt of all incoming interest payments as well as principal amortization. DB will also manage the collection of portfolio company financial reporting, annual audits, bank statements, insurance and covenant compliance. DB’s independence will ensure accountability and careful recording of portfolio company payment and reporting obligations.
 
We believe that MCC Advisors’ proven asset management process, supported by third-party analysis and oversight, significantly enhances downside protection and provides a high level of transparency to investors.
 
Investment Committee
 
The purpose of the investment committee is to evaluate and approve all investments by MCC Advisors. The committee process is intended to bring the diverse experience and perspectives of the committee members to the analysis and consideration of every investment. The committee also serves to provide investment consistency and adherence to MCC Advisors’ investment philosophies and policies. The investment committee also determines appropriate investment sizing and suggests ongoing monitoring requirements.
 
In addition to reviewing investments, the committee meetings serve as a forum to discuss credit views and outlooks. Potential transactions and deal flow are also reviewed on a regular basis. Members of the investment team are encouraged to share information and views on credits with the committee early in their analysis. This process improves the quality of the analysis and assists the deal team members to work more efficiently.
 
Each transaction is presented to the investment committee in a formal written report. The investment committee currently consists of Brook Taube, Seth Taube and Andrew Fentress. To approve a new investment, or to exit or sell an existing investment, the unanimous consent of the members of the committee is required.
 
Managerial Assistance
 
As a BDC, we will offer, and must provide upon request, managerial assistance to certain of our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. We may receive fees for these services and will reimburse MCC Advisors, as our administrator, for its allocated costs in


55


Table of Contents

providing such assistance subject to review and approval by our board of directors. MCC Advisors will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance.
 
Competition
 
Our primary competitors to provide financing to private and middle-market companies are public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial finance companies and private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC or to the distribution and other requirements we must satisfy to maintain our favorable RIC tax status.
 
BDCs also have become more popular recently due to the lack of traditional sources of capital from commercial banks, other secured lenders and private equity funds for private and middle-market companies. The lack of capital also has been exacerbated by the current distressed market and economy, forcing companies seeking capital to turn to alternative sources. The recent popularity of BDCs also is due to the fact that BDCs allow investors the same degree of liquidity as other publicly traded investments, provide access to public markets and provide mezzanine financing opportunities, as well as provide investment advisers with greater flexibility with respect to management fee arrangements.
 
Properties
 
We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. Our headquarters are currently located at 375 Park Avenue, Suite 3304, New York, NY 10152. Our administrator furnishes us office space and we reimburse it for such costs on an allocated basis.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
Neither we nor MCC Advisors are currently subject to any material legal proceedings.


56


Table of Contents

 
PORTFOLIO COMPANIES
 
The following table sets forth certain information as of May 31, 2010 for each portfolio company in which we had an investment. The general terms of our equity investments are described in “Business — Target capital structure”. Other than these investments, our only formal relationships with our portfolio companies are the managerial assistance that we provide upon request and the board observer or participation rights we may receive in connection with our investment. We do not “control” and are not an “affiliate” of any of our portfolio companies, each as defined in the 1940 Act. However, as we discuss below the table, affiliates of Medley Capital own equity interests in six of our seven portfolio companies. See “Risks — Risks related to our business — Our ability to sell or otherwise exit investments in which affiliates of MCC Advisors also have an investment may be restricted”. In general, under the 1940 Act, we would “control” a portfolio company if we owned more than 25.0% of its voting securities and would be an “affiliate” of a portfolio company if we owned 5.0% or more of its voting securities. As of May 31, 2010, we held no seats on any of our portfolio companies’ board of directors. However, our affiliates have board representation on one of our portfolio companies. The loans in our current portfolio were either originated or purchased in the secondary market by Medley Capital and its affiliates, and were selected from the portfolio investments of MOF LP and MOF LTD because they are senior secured loans and are similar to the investments we intend make going forward. There are no material differences in the underwriting standards that were used to originate or purchase in the secondary market our current portfolio securities and the underwriting standards described in this prospectus that we expect to implement. As of May 31, 2010, we hold 100% of each class of the securities for each of the portfolio companies set forth below, except for Water Capital USA, Inc. As of the Transfer Date, we will hold 74.5% of the class of securities of Water Capital USA, Inc, listed in the table below.
 
Set forth below is a brief description of our portfolio companies as of May 31, 2010.
 
                                         
                                  Percentage of
 
                                  Total Portfolio
 
        Security Owned
  Terms   Principal Due
  Fair
        Investments at
 
Name of Portfolio Company and Address
 
Sector
 
by Us(1)
 
Maturity
 
Interest Rate(2)
 
At Maturity
 
Value(5)
 
LTV
   
Fair Value
 
 
Allied Cash Holdings LLC
  Financial   Senior Secured Term Loan   6/30/2013   15.00%   $20,000,000   $20,154,415     37.81 %     19.31 %
200 SE 1st Street, Suite 800 Miami, Florida 33131
  Services                                    
Aurora Flight Sciences Corporation
  Aerospace &
Defense
  Senior Secured Term Loan   9/27/2010   11.75%
(LIBOR + 7.25%,
  $12,000,000   $11,902,051     25.12 %     11.40 %
9950 Wakeman Drive Manassas, VA 20110
              4.50% LIBOR Floor)                        
Bennu Glass, Inc.
  Containers &   Senior Secured Term Loan   4/30/2013   15.00%   $10,000,000   $10,411,351     13.22 %     9.97 %
600 Montgomery Street, 39th Floor San Francisco,
CA 94111
  Packaging                                    
Geneva Wood Fuels LLC
  Energy &   Senior Secured Term Loan   5/31/2011   15.50%   $10,870,000   $10,911,053     66.43 %     10.45 %
2248 N. Burling Chicago,
IL 60614
  Power           (LIBOR + 13.00%,
2.50% LIBOR Floor)
                       
Sheffield Manufacturing, Inc.
  Aerospace &   Senior Secured Term Loan,   4/30/2012   14.00%   $11,764,186   $11,552,304     49.61 %     11.07 %
9131 Glenoaks Blvd.
Sun Valley, CA 91352
  Defense   Senior Secured Revolver(3)       (LIBOR + 9.00%,
5.00% LIBOR Floor)
  $3,950,000   $3,950,000             3.78 %
Velum Global Credit
                                       
Management LLC
  Financial   Senior Secured Term Loan   3/31/2014   15.00%   $15,000,000   $15,432,829     21.49 %     14.79 %
2200 E. Devon Avenue,
  Services                                    
Suite 250 Des Plaines,
IL 60018
                                       
Water Capital USA, Inc.
  Capital   Senior Secured Term Loan   1/9/2013   14.00%   $20,000,000   $20,061,581     21.88 %     19.22 %
101 California Street,
  Equipment           (7.00% Cash,                        
Suite 2800 San Francisco,
              7.00% PIK)                        
California 94111
                                       
                                         
Total Portfolio Investments
                  $103,584,186   $104,375,584     33.20 %(4)     100.00 %
 
(1) Affiliates own certain equity interests as discussed below.
 
(2) All interest is payable in cash and all LIBOR represents 30-day LIBOR unless otherwise indicated. For each debt investment we have provided the current interest rate as of May 31, 2010.
 
(3) The Sheffield Manufacturing, Inc. senior secured revolver commitment amount is $6,000,000, of which $3,950,000 is drawn. The senior secured revolver and senior secured term loan are pari passu with each other and therefore both have the same interest rate and LTV.
 
(4) Weighted average LTV.
 
(5) Fair value does not include $853,154 of accrued interest which is comprised of $195,610 of accrued interest from Aurora Flight Sciences Inc., $183,232 of accrued interest for Geneva Wood Fuels LLC and $474,312 of accrued interest for Water Capital USA, Inc.


57


Table of Contents

 
The weighted average yield to maturity for the portfolio of loans shown above as of May 31, 2010 is approximately 14.9%. This was determined by iteratively solving for the discount rate at which the present value of all payments of principal, interest accruals and original issue discount (“OID”) accretions, paid on the relevant maturity dates, and cash interest, paid on the relevant interest payment dates, for all of the loans in the portfolio was equal to the aggregate contributed value of the portfolio of loans. All loan interest and all discount factors were determined using an Actual/360 day count convention, which is the contractual convention for every one of the loans in the portfolio. Each floating rate loan uses LIBOR as its floating rate index. For each floating rate loan, the projected fixed-rate equivalent coupon rate used to forecast the interest cash flows was calculated by adding the interest rate spread specified in the relevant loan document to the fixed-rate equivalent LIBOR rate, duration-matched to the specific loan, adjusted by the LIBOR floor and/or cap in place on that loan. The LIBOR spot rates used to interpolate the duration-matched fixed-rate equivalent LIBOR rate for each loan were observed on May 31, 2010 on Bloomberg, page ICVS23.
 
The current cash yield to maturity for the portfolio of loans shown above as of May 31, 2010 is approximately 13.2%. This “current cash yield to maturity” is defined as the portion of the yield delivered in cash through time, rather than the portion which is accrued and/or accreted and paid, along with principal, at maturity. It is calculated in exactly the same manner as the yield to maturity, described in the preceding paragraph, except that the interest accruals and OID accretions are subtracted from the amounts to be paid at maturity, such that only the principal balance is assumed to be paid at maturity.
 
We believe that the LTV ratio for a Loan Asset is a useful indicator of the riskiness of the Loan Asset, or its likelihood of default. As part of our investment strategy we seek to structure transactions with downside protection and seek LTVs of lower than 65%. We regularly evaluate the LTV of our Loan Assets and believe that LTV is a useful indicator for management and investors. The weighted average LTV of our Loan Assets as of May 31, 2010 was approximately 33.2%. LTV calculations for our Loan Assets were based on independent third-party valuations that are consistent with the Transfer Value of the loans as of May 31, 2010. As more fully described in the section entitled “Formation” elsewhere in this prospectus, the Transfer Value will be approved by our board of directors (which will include a majority of independent directors) and will be consistent with the beginning balance sheet that will be audited by our auditors. As part of the investment process, as more fully described in the section entitled “The Company — Investment Process” elsewhere in this prospectus, the LTV will be determined at origination based on independent third-party appraisals and will be reviewed and approved by our Adviser’s investment committee consistent with our underwriting policies and procedures.
 
Following the closing of each investment, the ongoing calculation and monitoring of each investment’s LTV is done consistent with our Adviser’s monitoring process more fully described in the section entitled “The Company — Investment Process” elsewhere in this prospectus, and is also consistent with our ongoing quarterly calculation of net asset value as more fully described in the section entitled “Determination of Net Asset Value” elsewhere in this prospectus.


58


Table of Contents

 
Set forth below is a brief description of the business of our portfolio companies as of May 31, 2010.
 
     
    Brief Description of
Portfolio Company
 
Portfolio Company
 
Allied Cash Holdings LLC
  Allied Cash is one of the leading private providers of payday and title lending services in the United States with 181 stores in California, Arizona, Michigan, Indiana, Virginia, New Mexico, Louisiana, Idaho and Colorado.
Aurora Flight Sciences Corporation 
  Aurora is a leading designer, manufacturer and provider of unmanned aerial vehicles to the Department of Defense and large aerospace companies for use in various military operations.
Bennu Glass, Inc.
  Bennu owns and operates a glass bottling facility in Kalama, WA, capable of producing nine million cases of high quality wine bottles per year for wineries in Oregon, Washington and California.
Geneva Wood Fuels LLC
  Geneva is one of the largest wood pellet manufacturers in New England. It owns and operates a 119,000 ton per year facility that produces high quality wood pellets distributed to residential customers in Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont and Massachusetts.
Sheffield Manufacturing, Inc. 
  Sheffield is a leading provider of precision machined aerospace components to major original equipment manufacturers with three locations in Southern California.
Velum Global Credit Management, LLC
  Velum is a global purchaser and servicer of non-performing consumer debt with operations in Illinois and Sao Paulo, Brazil. Velum owns over five million consumer accounts with a face value of just under $2 billion.
Water Capital USA, Inc. 
  Water Capital operates a capital equipment leasing and a receivables financing business.
     
 
As of May 31, 2010, an affiliate of Medley Capital, MOF LP and/or MOF LTD own equity interests as follows:
 
  •  Allied Cash Holdings LLC is 60% owned by 4-3 Payday LLC, which is 100% owned by PP Equity Holdings LLC, which is 8% owned by MOF LP and 92% owned by MOF LTD.
 
  •  MOF LP and MOF LTD own 0.1% and 1.7%, respectively, of the common equity of Aurora Flight Sciences Corporation
 
  •  Bennu Glass, Inc. is 10% owned by MOF LP and 90% owned by Bennu Glass Holdings Ltd., which is owned 100% by MOF LTD;
 
  •  An affiliate of the Medley Capital entities owns warrants to purchase 12.6% of the common equity of Geneva Wood Fuels LLC;


59


Table of Contents

 
  •  An affiliate of the Medley Capital entities owns warrants to purchase 22% of the common equity of Sheffield Manufacturing Inc.;
 
  •  MOF LP owns 100% of 3304 Holdings LLC, which owns 100% of Velum Global Credit Management, LLC.
 
As disclosed, and absent exemptive relief, given that we may be deemed affiliates of these six portfolio companies, we may be subject to restrictions regarding a restructuring of our investments in these portfolio companies or in relation to exiting our investments in these portfolio companies. See “Risks — Risks related to our business — Our ability to sell or otherwise exit investments in which affiliates of MCC Advisors also have an investment may be restricted” and “Risks — Risks related to our investments — Our failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio; our ability to make follow-on investments in certain portfolio companies may be restricted”.


60


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
 
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The responsibilities of the board of directors include, among other things, the oversight of our investment activities, the quarterly valuation of our assets, oversight of our financing arrangements and corporate governance activities. Our board of directors will consist of seven members, four of whom will not be “interested persons” of our company or of MCC Advisors as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act and are “independent”, as determined by our board of directors, consistent with the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. We refer to these individuals as our independent directors. Our board of directors elects our executive officers, who serve at the discretion of the board of directors.
 
Board of Directors
 
Under our charter, our directors will be divided into three classes. Each class of directors will hold office for a three-year term. However, the initial members of the three classes have initial terms of one, two and three years, respectively. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose terms expire at such meeting will be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. Each director will hold office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.
 
Directors
 
Information regarding the board of directors is as follows:
 
                             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Director Since
 
Expiration of Term
 
Interested Directors:
                           
Brook Taube
    40     Director, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer     2010       2010  
Seth Taube
    40     Director     2010       2010  
Andrew Fentress
    40     Director     2010       2010  
Independent Directors: (1)
                           
Karin Hirtler-Garvey
    53     Director     2010       2012  
John E. Mack
    61     Director     2010       2012  
Joseph Schmuckler
    49     Director     2010       2011  
            Director     2010       2011  
 
 
(1) The persons identified below have agreed to serve as directors of our company.
 
The address for each director is c/o Medley Capital Corporation, 375 Park Avenue, Suite 3304, New York, NY 10152.
 
Executive Officers Who are not Directors
 
Information regarding our executive officers who are not directors is as follows:
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Richard T. Allorto, Jr.
    38     Chief Financial Officer
            Chief Compliance Officer
 
The address for each executive officer is c/o Medley Capital Corporation, 375 Park Avenue, Suite 3304, New York, NY 10152.


61


Table of Contents

Biographical Information
 
The following is information concerning the business experience of our board of directors and executive officers. Our directors have been divided into two groups−interested directors and independent directors. Interested directors are “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act.
 
Interested Director
 
Andrew Fentress is a Managing Partner of MCC Advisors and Senior Portfolio Manager for MOF LP and MOF LTD (together, the “Medley Opportunity Funds”). Mr. Fentress formed Medley Capital in 2006. Prior to forming Medley Capital, Mr. Fentress was a Partner at CN Opportunity Fund, from 2003 to 2005, where he was Portfolio Manager of the firm’s global investment fund. Prior to CN Opportunity Fund, Mr. Fentress was a Partner and Portfolio Manager at CQ Partners, a global investment fund. Mr. Fentress began his investment career with Morgan Stanley & Co. where his last role was Principal in the Institutional Equity Division, where he managed a global trading business. Mr. Fentress received a B.A. from Boston College and an M.B.A. from the Kenan-Flagler School of Business at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill.
 
Brook Taube is Chairman and CEO of the Company. Mr. Taube also is a Managing Partner and Chief Investment Officer of MCC Advisors. Mr. Taube formed Medley Capital in 2006. Prior to forming Medley Capital, Mr. Taube was a Partner with CN Opportunity Fund, from 2003 to 2005, where he was Portfolio Manager for the firm’s global investment fund. Prior to CN Opportunity Fund, Mr. Taube founded T3 Group, a principal and advisory firm focused on distressed asset and credit investments. Before T3, Mr. Taube was a Partner with Griphon Capital Management. Mr. Taube began his career at Bankers Trust in 1992, where his last role was Vice President in Structured Finance and Capital Markets. Mr. Taube received a B.A. from Harvard University and currently serves as a Board member for both the New Amsterdam Symphony Orchestra and the New York Philharmonic.
 
Seth Taube is a Managing Partner of MCC Advisors and Senior Portfolio Manager of the Medley Opportunity Funds. Mr. Taube formed Medley Capital in 2006. Prior to forming Medley Capital, Mr. Taube was a Partner with CN Opportunity Fund, from 2003 to 2005, where he was Portfolio Manager for the firm’s global investment fund. Before CN Opportunity Fund, Mr. Taube co-founded T3 Group, a principal and advisory firm focused on distressed asset and credit investments. Prior to T3, Mr. Taube worked with Griphon Capital Management, serving as Managing Director of the firm’s private investment activities. Before Griphon, Mr. Taube was a Vice President with Tiger Management, and held positions with Morgan Stanley & Co. in the Investment Banking and Institutional Equity Divisions. Mr. Taube received a B.A. from Harvard University, an M.Litt. in Economics from St. Andrew’s University in Great Britain, where he was a Rotary Foundation Fellow, and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.
 
Independent Directors
 
The persons identified below have agreed to serve as our directors and have agreed to be named below.
 
Karin Hirtler-Garvey has extensive knowledge of financial reporting rules and regulations, evaluating financial results and generally overseeing the financial reporting process of a public company. Ms. Hirtler-Garvey is the Chief Risk Executive for GMAC Financial Services, commencing in May 2009. From March 2005 to December 2008, Ms. Hirtler-Garvey was a principal in a start-up real estate development venture based in New Jersey. Prior to that, Ms. Hirtler-Garvey was Chief Operating Officer, Global Markets for Bank of America (formerly NationsBank). Ms. Hirtler-Garvey joined Bank of America in September 1995 and held various senior management positions within the organization until March 2005. Prior to becoming Chief Operating Officer, Global Markets, from April to October 2004, Ms. Hirtler-Garvey held the position of President of Trust and Credit Banking Products. From June 2001 to March 2004, Ms. Hirtler-Garvey held the position of Chief Financial Officer/Chief Operating Officer for the Wealth and Investment Management division. Ms. Hirtler-


62


Table of Contents

Garvey is a certified public accountant. Ms. Hirtler-Garvey has served as a director of Aeropostale Inc. (NYSE: ARO) since August 2005, where she is the lead independent director and serves as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and Chairperson of the Audit Committee. Ms. Hirtler-Garvey is also a director of one privately held corporation where she serves as chairperson of the Audit Committee and chairperson of the Pension Committee. Ms. Hirtler-Garvey earned a B.S. in Accounting from Fairleigh Dickinson University.
 
John E. Mack has over 30 years of international banking, financial business management and mergers and acquisitions experience. From November 2002 through September 2005, Mr. Mack served as Senior Managing Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Shinsei Bank, Limited of Tokyo, Japan. Prior to joining Shinsei Bank and for more than twenty-five years Mr. Mack served in senior management positions at Bank of America and its predecessor companies, including twelve years as Corporate Treasurer. Mr. Mack is also a member of the Board of Directors of Flowers National Bank, Incapital Holdings LLC, New Generation Biofuels Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: NGBF), Wilson TurboPower, Inc. and is Vice-Chairman and a director of Islandsbanki hf. Mr. Mack holds an MBA from the University of Virginia and received his bachelor’s degree in economics from Davidson College.
 
Joseph Schmuckler was Senior Executive Officer of Mitsubishi UFJ Securities Co., Ltd., the Tokyo based global investment banking and securities subsidiary of the Mitsubishi Financial Group (NYSE: MTU), from September 2007 to April 2010. From 1991 to September 2007, Mr. Schmuckler served in various positions at Nomura, including Chief Operating Officer and member of the Board of Directors of Nomura Holding America, Inc., the U.S. based holding company for The Nomura Group (NYSE: NMR), Tokyo. Mr. Schmuckler also previously served as a partner at Kidder Peabody & Co. Inc. Mr. Schmuckler has served as Campaign Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer for John McCain 2008, Inc. and on the Board of Directors of the Securities Industry Association, on the Board of Governors of the Boston Stock Exchange, on the Board of Directors of the International Republican Institute, on the Board of Trustees of the Hudson Institute, on the Board of Directors and Executive Committee of Empower America, and on the Board of Directors of The Reform Institute. Mr. Schmuckler earned a B.S. in Finance from the University of Delaware and an MBA in Finance from New York University.
 
Executive Officers Who are not Directors
 
Richard T. Allorto. Jr. was appointed Chief Financial Officer of the Company on July 1, 2010. For approximately the next two weeks, Mr. Allorto will devote a portion of his time to the affairs of his former client, GSC Investment Corp. (NYSE: GNV). Since 2001, Mr. Allorto has held various positions at GSC Group, Inc., including, most recently as Chief Financial Officer of GNV. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Allorto was an Audit Supervisor at Schering-Plough Corporation. Mr. Allorto is a licensed C.P.A. and received a B.S. in Accounting from Seton Hall University.
 
Committees of the Board of Directors
 
Our board of directors currently has three committees: an audit committee, a governance committee and a compensation committee.
 
Audit Committee.  The audit committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our board of directors. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the audit committee. The primary function of the audit committee is to serve as an independent and objective party to assist the board of directors in fulfilling its responsibilities for overseeing and monitoring the quality and integrity of our financial statements, the adequacy of our system of internal controls, the review of the independence, qualifications and performance of our registered public accounting firm, and the performance of our internal audit function. The audit committee is presently composed of three persons, including John E. Mack (Chairperson), Joseph Schmuckler and Karin Hirtler-Garvey, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance


63


Table of Contents

listing standards. Our board of directors has determined that Karin Hirtler-Garvey and John E. Mack are “audit committee financial expert” as defined under Item 407 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Each of the members of the audit committee meet the current independence and experience requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in addition, is not an “interested person” of the Company or of MCC Advisors as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.
 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.  The governance committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our board of directors. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the governance committee, including making nominations for the appointment or election of independent directors, retirement policies and personnel training policies and administering the provisions of the code of ethics applicable to the independent directors. The governance committee consists of Karin Hirtler-Garvey (Chairperson), John E. Mack and Joseph Schmuckler, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards.
 
Compensation Committee.  The compensation committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our board of directors. The compensation committee is responsible for reviewing and approving the reimbursement by us of the compensation of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer, and their respective staffs. The compensation committee consists of Joseph Schmuckler (Chairperson), Karin Hirtler-Garvey and John E. Mack, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards.
 
Compensation of Directors
 
As compensation for serving on our board of directors, each independent director receives an annual fee of $35,000. Independent directors also receive $7,500 ($1,500 for telephonic attendance) plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each board meeting and receive $2,500 ($1,500 for telephonic attendance) plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each committee meeting. In addition, the Chairperson of the audit committee receives an annual fee of $25,000 and each chairperson of any other committee receives an annual fee of $10,000 and other members of the audit committee and any other standing committee receive an annual fee of $12,500 and $6,000, respectively, for their additional services in these capacities. In addition, we purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on behalf of our directors and officers.
 
Staffing
 
We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees. Services necessary for our business are provided by individuals who are employees of MCC Advisors, pursuant to the terms of the investment management agreement and the administration agreement. Each of our executive officers described under “Management” is an employee of MCC Advisors. Our day-to-day investment operations are managed by our investment adviser. The services necessary for the origination and administration of our investment portfolio are provided by investment professionals employed by MCC Advisors. MCC Advisors’ investment professionals focus on origination and transaction development and the ongoing monitoring of our investments. See “The Adviser — Investment Management Agreement”. In addition, we reimburse MCC Advisors for our allocable portion of expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including our allocable portion of the cost of our officers and their respective staffs. See “The Adviser — Administration Agreement”.


64


Table of Contents

Compensation of Executive Officers
 
None of our officers will receive direct compensation from us. We expect to retain a chief compliance officer promptly after completion of this offering. The compensation of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer, once retained, will be paid by our administrator, subject to reimbursement by us of an allocable portion of such compensation for services rendered by him to us. To the extent that our administrator outsources any of its functions we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to our administrator.


65


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
We have entered into agreements with MCC Advisors, in which our senior management and members of MCC Advisors’ investment committee have ownership and financial interests. Members of our senior management and members of the investment committee also serve as principals of other investment managers affiliated with MCC Advisors that do and may in the future manage investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles with investment objectives similar to ours. Our senior management team holds equity interests in MCC Advisors. In addition, our executive officers and directors and the members of MCC Advisors and members of the investment committee serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same, or related, line of business as we do or of investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed by our affiliates. These investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles may have investment objectives similar to our investment objective. For example, MCC Advisors currently manages private funds and managed accounts that are seeking new capital commitments and will pursue an investment strategy similar to our strategy. We may compete with entities managed by MCC Advisors and its affiliates for capital and investment opportunities. As a result, we may not be given the opportunity to participate in certain investments made by investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed by MCC Advisors or its affiliates or by members of the investment committee. However, in order to fulfill its fiduciary duties to each of its clients, MCC Advisors intends to allocate investment opportunities in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and is consistent with MCC Advisors’ allocation policy, investment objective and strategies so that we are not disadvantaged in relation to any other client. See “Risks — Risks related to our business — There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could affect our investment returns”. MCC Advisors has agreed with our board of directors that allocations among us and other investment funds affiliated with MCC Advisors will be made based on capital available for investment in the asset class being allocated. We expect that our available capital for investments will be determined based on the amount of cash on-hand, existing commitments and reserves, if any, and the targeted leverage level and targeted asset mix and diversification requirements and other investment policies and restrictions set by our board of directors or as imposed by applicable laws, rules, regulations or interpretations.
 
Polices and Procedures for Managing Conflicts
 
MCC Advisors and its affiliates have both subjective and objective procedures and policies in place designed to manage the potential conflicts of interest between MCC Advisors’ fiduciary obligations to us and its similar fiduciary obligations to other clients. For example, such policies and procedures are designed to ensure that investment opportunities are allocated in a fair and equitable manner among us and their other clients. An investment opportunity that is suitable for multiple clients of MCC Advisors and its affiliates may not be capable of being shared among some or all of such clients and affiliates due to the limited scale of the opportunity or other factors, including regulatory restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act. There can be no assurance that MCC Advisors’ or its affiliates’ efforts to allocate any particular investment opportunity fairly among all clients for whom such opportunity is appropriate will result in an allocation of all or part of such opportunity to us. Not all conflicts of interest can be expected to be resolved in our favor.
 
The Principals of MCC Advisors have managed and the Principals currently manage investment vehicles with similar or overlapping investment strategies. In order to address these issues, MCC Advisors has put in place a investment allocation policy that addresses the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act and seeks to ensure the equitable allocation of investment opportunities when we are able to invest alongside other accounts managed by our adviser and its affiliates. In the absence of receiving exemptive relief from the SEC that would permit greater flexibility relating to co-investments, MCC Advisors will apply the investment allocation policy. When we invest alongside such other accounts as permitted, such investments are made consistent with MCC Advisors’ allocation policy. Under this allocation policy, a fixed percentage of each opportunity, which may vary based on asset class and from time to time, will be offered to us and similar eligible accounts, as


66


Table of Contents

periodically determined by MCC Advisors and approved by our board of directors, including all of our independent directors. The allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and other accounts will generally be made pro rata based on each account’s capital available for investment, as determined, in our case, by our board of directors, including our independent directors. It is our policy to base our determinations as to the amount of capital available for investment on such factors as: the amount of cash on-hand, existing commitments and reserves, if any, the targeted leverage level, the targeted asset mix and diversification requirements and other investment policies and restrictions set by our board of directors or imposed by applicable laws, rules, regulations or interpretations. We expect that these determinations will be made similarly for other accounts. In situations where co-investment with other entities managed by MCC Advisors or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is an opportunity to invest in different securities of the same issuer, MCC Advisors will need to decide whether we or such other entity or entities will proceed with the investment. MCC Advisors will make these determinations based on its policies and procedures, which generally require that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts on a basis that will be fair and equitable over time.
 
Co-Investment Opportunities
 
We expect in the future to co-invest on a concurrent basis with other affiliates, unless doing so is impermissible with existing regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and our allocation procedures. Certain types of negotiated co-investments may be made only if we receive an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. There can be no assurance that we will obtain any such order. See “Regulation”. We and MCC Advisors intend to submit an exemptive application to the SEC to permit us to negotiate the terms of co-investments if our board of directors determines that it would be advantageous for us to co-invest with other funds managed by MCC Advisors or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors.
 
Material Nonpublic Information
 
Our senior management, members of MCC Advisors’ investment committee and other investment professionals from MCC Advisors may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, companies in which we invest or in which we are considering making an investment. Through these and other relationships with a company, these individuals may obtain material non-public information that might restrict our ability to buy or sell the securities of such company under the policies of the company or applicable law.
 
Investment Management Agreement
 
We have entered into an investment management agreement with MCC Advisors and will pay MCC Advisors a management fee and incentive fee. The incentive fee will be computed and paid on income that we may not have yet received in cash. This fee structure may create an incentive for MCC Advisors to invest in certain types of securities that may have a high degree of risk. Additionally, we rely on investment professionals from MCC Advisors to assist our board of directors with the valuation of our portfolio investments. MCC Advisors’ management fee and incentive fee are based on the value of our investments and there may be a conflict of interest when personnel of MCC Advisors are involved in the valuation process for our portfolio investments.
 
License Agreement
 
We have entered into a license agreement with Medley Capital LLC under which Medley Capital LLC has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Medley” for specified purposes in our business. Under this agreement, we will have a right to use the “Medley” name, subject to certain conditions, for so long as MCC Advisors or one of its affiliates remains our


67


Table of Contents

investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we will have no legal right to the “Medley” name.
 
Administration Agreement
 
We have entered into an administration agreement, pursuant to which MCC Advisors furnishes us with office facilities, equipment and clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services at such facilities. Under our administration agreement, MCC Advisors performs, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC.


68


Table of Contents

 
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
 
The following table sets forth, as of          , 2010, information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:
 
  •  each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;
 
  •  each of our directors and each executive officers; and
 
  •  all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
 
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. There is no common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the offering. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 20,342,445 shares of common stock outstanding as of          , 2010.
 
                 
    Shares Beneficially Owned Immediately After this Offering(1)
Name
 
Number
 
Percentage
 
Medley Opportunity Fund LP(3)
    350,456       1.72 %
375 Park Avenue, Suite 3304
               
New York, New York 10152
               
Medley Opportunity Fund LTD
               
c/o Ogier Fiduciary Services (Cayman) Limited
    6,658,656       32.73 %
89 Nexus Way
               
Camana Bay
               
Grand Cayman KY1- 9007
               
Cayman Islands
               
                 
Executive Officers:(2)
               
Richard T. Allorto, Jr.
          0.00 %
                 
Interested Directors:(2)(4)
               
Brook Taube
    88,888.89       * %
Seth Taube
    88,888.89       * %
Andrew Fentress
    88,888.89       * %
                 
Independent Directors:
               
Karin Hirtler-Garvey
          0.00 %
John E. Mack
          0.00 %
Joseph Schmuckler
          0.00 %
              0.00 %
                 
All officers and directors as a group (eight persons)(8)
            %
 
* Represents less than 1%.
 
(1) Assumes issuance of the 20,342,445 shares offered hereby. Does not reflect shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 1,960,000 shares.
 
(2) The address for all officers and directors is c/o Medley Capital Corporation, 375 Park Avenue, Suite 3304, New York, NY 10152.
 
(3) Brook Taube, Seth Taube and Andrew Fentress, 375 Park Avenue, Suite 3304, New York, NY 10152, exercise dispositive power with respect to the shares of common stock held by the fund.
 
(4) Attributes beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock owned by MCC Advisors to Brook Taube, Seth Taube and Andrew Fentress, who exercise dispositive power with respect to such shares.


69


Table of Contents

 
The following table sets forth, as of the date of the completion of this offering, the dollar range of our equity securities that is expected to be beneficially owned by each of our directors.
 
     
    Dollar Range of Equity
   
Securities Beneficially Owned(1)(2)(3)
 
Interested Directors:
   
Brook Taube
  over $1,000,000
Seth Taube
  over $1,000,000
Andrew Fentress
  over $1,000,000
Independent Directors:
   
Karin Hirtler-Garvey
  none
John E. Mack
  none
Joseph Schmuckler
  none
 
(1) Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the “Exchange Act”.
 
(2) The dollar range of equities securities beneficially owned by our directors is based on the mid-point of the initial public offering price of $15.00 per share.
 
(3) The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned are: none, $1 — $10,000, $10,001 — $50,000, $50,001 — $100,000, $100,001 — $500,000, $500,001 — $1,000,000 or over $1,000,000.


70


Table of Contents

 
THE ADVISER
 
MCC Advisors will serve as our investment adviser. MCC Advisors is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, MCC Advisors will manage the day-to-day operations of, and provide investment advisory and management services to, Medley Capital Corporation.
 
Investment and Asset Management Team
 
The members of MCC Advisors’ investment committee are Brook Taube, Seth Taube and Andrew Fentress. Biographical information with respect to Brook Taube, Seth Taube and Andrew Fentress is set forth under “Management of the Company — Biographical information”.
 
The compensation of the members of the investment committee paid by MCC Advisors includes an annual base salary, in certain cases an annual bonus based on an assessment of short-term and long-term performance, and a portion of the incentive fee, if any, paid to MCC Advisors determined on the same basis as the annual bonus. In addition, the investment committee members have equity interests in MCC Advisors and may receive distributions of profits in respect of those interests.
 
The investment and asset management team also includes Brian Cavanaugh, Bryan Boches, David DeSantis, Mac McAulay, William Parizek, Tom Quimby, Jon Schroeder, Brian O’Reilly, Jason Wong and Frank Cupido, who focus on the origination, transaction development and ongoing monitoring of our investments:
 
Brian Cavanaugh is a Principal with MCC Advisors and is responsible for transaction origination and execution for the Medley Opportunity Funds. Prior to joining Medley Capital, from 2002 to 2006, Mr. Cavanaugh was a Managing Director at Tersigni Consulting and Cavanaugh Consulting, where he advised debtors and creditor committees in large corporate restructurings. Mr. Cavanaugh has served as the Chief Financial Officer of numerous portfolio companies of private equity firms, raising capital, improving financial management and, in some cases, leading business turnarounds. Prior to consulting, Mr. Cavanaugh was a Director in BT Alex Brown’s Investment Banking and Corporate Capital Markets groups. Mr. Cavanaugh started his finance career at JP Morgan, where he was a Vice President in the Debt Capital Markets and Fixed Income Trading groups. Mr. Cavanaugh received a B.A. from the College of Wooster and an M.B.A. from the Johnson School of Management at Cornell University.
 
Bryan Boches is a Principal with MCC Advisors and is responsible for transaction origination and execution for the Medley Opportunity Funds. Prior to joining Medley Capital, Mr. Boches was a Managing Director at EB Capital Group which combined with Latitude Capital Group (acquired by Cowen & Co.), a middle-market investment bank specializing in private placements and cross border mergers and acquisitions from 2002 to 2007. Mr. Boches’ prior experience includes work in project and corporate finance and venture investing with Morgan Stanley between 1994 and 2001 in Hong Kong, New York and Menlo Park. Mr. Boches was a member of the founding team from Morgan Stanley that developed China International Capital Corporation in Beijing and served as the Operating Officer of CICC. Mr. Boches is a co-founder of Coremetrics and a private equity exchange fund. Mr. Boches graduated summa cum laude in Business Economics and Accounting from the University of California, Santa Barbara and earned an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.
 
David DeSantis is a Principal with MCC Advisors and is responsible for transaction origination and execution for the Medley Opportunity Funds. Prior to joining Medley Capital, from 1999 to 2007, Mr. DeSantis was a Vice President at General Electric Capital Corporation in the Global Sponsor Finance Group, originating and underwriting hundreds of LBO transactions for private equity sponsors in a wide variety of industries including industrial, financial services, healthcare, energy, media and business services, ranging in size from $20 million to $10 billion. Mr. DeSantis is a graduate of the Financial Management Program at GE Capital. Mr. DeSantis


71


Table of Contents

received a B.S. magna cum laude from the Carroll School of Management at Boston College and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University.
 
Mac McAulay is a Principal with MCC Advisors and is responsible for transaction origination and execution for the Medley Opportunity Funds. Prior to joining Medley Capital, from 2000 to 2006, Mr. McAulay worked in several positions at Banc of America Securities LLC, including High Yield Research, Capital Markets Origination for financial institutions and Fixed Income Product Development, a capital solutions group focused on investment grade companies. Mr. McAulay received a B.A. in Economics from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and a Minor in Business Administration from its Kenan-Flagler Business School in 2000.
 
William Parizek is a Principal with MCC Advisors and is responsible for transaction origination and execution for the Medley Opportunity Funds. Prior to joining Medley Capital, from 2005 to 2008, Mr. Parizek was a partner in Church Mortgage Acceptance Co., a specialty finance company that provided commercial mortgage lending to churches throughout the United States. Mr. Parizek has more than 20 years of experience in the corporate, structured and real estate finance business. For nearly six years, Mr. Parizek operated an independent corporate finance advisory practice focusing principally on M&A and turnaround assignments. Mr. Parizek formerly worked in the structured finance group at Banc One Capital in Columbus and Koch Industries in Wichita. Mr. Parizek started his career as a CPA with Peat Marwick Mitchell in Chicago. Mr. Parizek graduated with B.S. in Accounting from the University of Illinois in 1983.
 
Tom Quimby is a Principal with MCC Advisors and is responsible for transaction origination and execution for the Medley Opportunity Funds. Prior to joining Medley Capital, from 2005 to 2006, Mr. Quimby was a founding team member and Vice President of COVA Capital, leading the sourcing, underwriting and account management of mezzanine transactions in a variety of industries. Prior to COVA Capital, from 2000 to 2005, Mr. Quimby was a Vice President at General Electric Capital Corporation in the Global Sponsor Finance Group. Mr. Quimby is a graduate of the Financial Management Program at GE Capital, and received a B.S. in Business Administration from the Whitemore School of Business at the University of New Hampshire.
 
Jon Schroeder is a Principal with MCC Advisors and is responsible for transaction origination and execution for the Medley Opportunity Funds. Prior to joining Medley Capital, from 2001 to 2006, Mr. Schroeder worked in several positions at General Electric Capital Corporation, most recently as an Assistant Vice President in the Global Sponsor Finance Group, underwriting hundreds of LBO transactions, ranging in size from $30 million to $500 million, in a wide variety of industries. Mr. Schroeder is a graduate of the Financial Management Program at GE Capital, and received a B.S. in Business Administration from the Grainger School of Business at the University of Wisconsin.
 
Brian O’Reilly is a Vice President with MCC Advisors and supports transaction origination and execution for the Medley Opportunity Funds. Prior to joining Medley Capital, from 2006 to 2007, Mr. O’Reilly served as an associate with Brown Gibbons Lang & Company (BGL), a boutique investment bank where he worked on M&A, restructurings and capital raises for middle-market businesses. Previously, from 2000 to 2004, Mr. O’Reilly held several positions at General Electric Capital Corporation, including analyst and associate positions in the Global Sponsor Finance Group, where he performed extensive due diligence, valuation analyses and portfolio company monitoring for senior investments. Mr. O’Reilly received a B.A. in Economics from Boston College, an M.B.A. from the Fuqua School of Business at Duke University and graduated from the Financial Management Program at GE Capital.
 
Jason Wong, CPA is a Vice President and Controller for MCC Advisors, is responsible for the financial operations and reporting for the Medley Opportunity Funds, including accounting budgeting and tax planning. Prior to joining Medley Capital, from 2003 to 2007, Mr. Wong was a Tax Manager at Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu. Mr. Wong has a B.S. degree in accounting from St. John’s University and M.S. degree in Taxation from Long Island University.


72


Table of Contents

 
Frank Cupido is a Vice President with MCC Advisors and supports transaction origination and execution for the Medley Opportunity Funds. Prior to joining Medley Capital, from 2005 to 2007, Mr. Cupido was an analyst in the Investment Banking Group at Merriman Curhan Ford & Co. where he worked on a variety of public and private financings as well as M&A advisory assignments for companies in the technology, healthcare and alternative energy sectors. Mr. Cupido received a B.S.E. in Mechanical Engineering and Applied Mechanics with Minors in Economics and Math from the University of Pennsylvania in 2005.
 
Investment Management Agreement
 
Under the terms of our investment management agreement, MCC Advisors will:
 
  •  determine the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;
 
  •  identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of the investments we make (including performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies); and
 
  •  close, monitor and administer the investments we make, including the exercise of any voting or consent rights.
 
MCC Advisors’ services under the investment management agreement are not exclusive, and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities so long as its services to us are not impaired.
 
Pursuant to our investment management agreement, we will pay MCC Advisors a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of a base management fee and a two-part incentive fee.
 
Management Fee.  The base management fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 2.0% of our gross assets payable quarterly in arrears. For purposes of calculating the base management fee, the term “gross assets” includes any assets acquired with the proceeds of leverage. The Adviser will benefit when we incur debt or use leverage. For services rendered under the investment management agreement, the base management fee will be payable quarterly in arrears. For the first quarter of our operations, the base management fee will be calculated based on the initial value of our gross assets. Subsequently, the base management fee will be calculated based on the average value of our gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. Base management fees for any partial quarter will be appropriately prorated.
 
Incentive Fee.  The incentive fee will have two components, as follows:
 
One component will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter and will be 20.0% of the amount, if any, by which our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter exceeds 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) hurdle rate and a “catch-up” provision measured as of the end of each calendar quarter. Under this provision, in any calendar quarter, our investment adviser receives no incentive fee until our net investment income equals the hurdle rate of 2.0%, but then receives, as a “catch-up”, 100% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5%. The effect of this provision is that, if pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter, our investment adviser will receive 20% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply. For this purpose, pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the administration agreement (as defined below), and


73


Table of Contents

any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. Since the hurdle rate is fixed, as interest rates rise, it will be easier for the Adviser to surpass the hurdle rate and receive an incentive fee based on net investment income.
 
Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that we may pay an incentive fee in a quarter where we incur a loss. For example, if we receive pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the quarterly minimum hurdle rate, we will pay the applicable incentive fee even if we have incurred a loss in that quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses. Our net investment income used to calculate this component of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 2.0% base management fee. These calculations will be appropriately prorated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.
 
The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the income-related portion of the incentive fee:
 
Quarterly Incentive Fee Based on Net Investment Income
 
Pre-incentive Fee Net Investment Income
(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)
 
(GRAPH)
 
Percentage of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Allocated to First Component of Incentive Fee
 
The second component of the incentive fee will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment management agreement, as of the termination date), commencing on December 31, 2010, and will equal 20.0% of our cumulative aggregate realized capital gains less cumulative realized capital losses, unrealized capital depreciation (unrealized depreciation on a gross investment-by-investment basis at the end of each calendar year) and all capital gains upon which prior performance-based capital gains incentive fee payments were previously made to the Investment Adviser.
 
Examples of Quarterly Incentive Fee Calculation
 
Example 1:  Income Related Portion of Incentive Fee:
 
Assumptions
 
  •  Hurdle rate(1) = 2.0%


74


Table of Contents

 
  •  Management fee(2) = 0.50%
 
  •  Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)(3) = 0.20%
 
Alternative 1
 
Additional Assumptions
 
  •  Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 1.25%
 
  •  Pre-incentive fee net investment income
(investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 0.55%
 
Pre-incentive net investment income does not exceed hurdle rate, therefore there is no incentive fee.
 
Alternative 2
 
Additional Assumptions
 
  •  Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.0%
 
  •  Pre-incentive fee net investment income (investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.3%
 
Pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds hurdle rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.
 
Incentive fee = (100% x “Catch-Up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20% x (pre-incentive fee net investment income – 2.5%)))
 
= (100.0% x (pre-incentive fee net investment income – 2.0%)) + 0%
 
= (100.0% x (2.3% – 2.0%))
 
= 100.0% x 0.30%
 
= 0.30%
 
Alternative 3
 
Additional Assumptions
 
  •  Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.50%
 
  •  Pre-incentive fee net investment income
(investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.8%
 
Pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds hurdle rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.
 
Incentive Fee = (100% x “Catch-Up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20% x (pre-incentive fee net investment income – 2.5%)))
 
= (100% x (2.5% – 2.0%)) + (20% x (2.8% – 2.5%))
 
= .50% + (20% x .30%)
 
= .50% + .06%
 
= 0.56%
 
(1) Represents 8.0% annualized hurdle rate.
 
(2) Represents 2.0% annualized management fee.
 
(3) Excludes organizational and offering expenses.


75


Table of Contents

 
Example 2: Capital Gains Portion of Incentive Fee:
 
Alternative 1:
 
Assumptions
 
  •  Year 1:  $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), and $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”)
 
  •  Year 2:  Investment A sold for $50 million and fair market value, or FMV, of Investment B determined to be $32 million
 
  •  Year 3:  FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million
 
  •  Year 4:  Investment B sold for $31 million
 
The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:
 
  •  Year 1:  None
 
  •  Year 2:  Capital gains incentive fee of $6.0 million ($30 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20.0%)
 
  •  Year 3:  None; $5.0 million (20.0% multiplied by ($30 million cumulative capital gains less $5 million cumulative capital depreciation)) less $6.0 million (previous capital gains fee paid in Year 2) (the $1.0 million difference would not be deducted from future capital gains incentive fees)
 
  •  Year 4:  Capital gains incentive fee of $200,000; $6.2 million ($31 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20.0%) less $6.0 million (capital gains fee paid in Year 2)
 
Alternative 2
 
Assumptions
 
  •  Year 1:  $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in Company C (“Investment C”)
 
  •  Year 2:  Investment A sold for $50 million, FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $25 million
 
  •  Year 3:  FMV of Investment B determined to be $27 million and Investment C sold for $30 million
 
  •  Year 4:  FMV of Investment B determined to be $35 million
 
  •  Year 5:  Investment B sold for $20 million
 
The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:
 
  •  Year 1:  None
 
  •  Year 2:  Capital gains incentive fee of $5.0 million; 20.0% multiplied by $25 million ($30 million realized capital gains on Investment A less $5 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)
 
  •  Year 3:  Capital gains incentive fee of $1.4 million; $6.4 million (20.0% multiplied by $32 million ($35 million cumulative realized capital gains less $3 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)) less $5.0 million capital gains fee received in Year 2
 
  •  Year 4:  None


76


Table of Contents

 
  •  Year 5:  None; $5.0 million of capital gains incentive fee (20.0% multiplied by $25 million (cumulative realized capital gains of $35 million less realized capital losses of $10 million)) less $6.4 million cumulative capital gains fee paid in Year 2 and Year 3 (the $1.4 million difference would not be deducted from future capital gains incentive fees)
 
Payment of Incentive Fee in Stock
 
Pursuant to the investment management agreement, and subject to receipt of exemptive relief, as to which there can be no assurance, we have agreed to pay 50% of the net after-tax incentive fee (calculated as described above) to our Adviser in the form of shares of our common stock at the market price at the time of issuance. This may result in the issuance of shares to our Adviser at a price that is below our then NAV (if the market price of our shares of common stock is below our NAV on the issuance date of the shares). The 1940 Act prohibits us from selling shares of our common stock at a price below the current NAV of such stock, with certain exceptions. One such exception would permit us to sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock during the next year at a price below our then current NAV if our stockholders were to approve such a sale and our directors were to make certain determinations. Annually, at our shareholders’ meeting, we will seek approval to continue this arrangement. To the extent that we are not granted the exemptive relief described above and our shareholders do not approve payment of the incentive fee to our Adviser in stock (which may include stock issued at an issuance price that is below our NAV), we will pay the incentive fee in cash.
 
The shares of stock issued to our Adviser as part of its incentive fee (referred to as the “Incentive Shares”) will be subject to securities law and contractual restrictions on transfer. The Incentive Shares will be issued in a private placement, and, as a result, will not be freely transferable under the Securities Act. For the benefit of the Adviser, we have agreed to register the resale of the Incentive Shares for sale by the Adviser and its affiliates. We have granted the Adviser a demand right, as well as piggyback registration rights. In addition to these securities law restrictions, the Incentive Shares also will be subject to contractual restrictions on transfer and disposition. Each of the Adviser and its affiliates has agreed that one-third of the Incentive Shares received by it or them each year will become freely saleable that year. To the extent that the investment management agreement is terminated by us at any time, all of the Incentive Shares will become freely saleable immediately.
 
Payment of Our Expenses
 
All investment professionals and staff of MCC Advisors, when, and to the extent, engaged in providing investment advisory and management services, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by MCC Advisors. We will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including those relating to:
 
  •  our organization;
 
  •  calculating our NAV (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firms);
 
  •  expenses, including travel expense, incurred by MCC Advisors or payable to third parties performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, monitoring our investments and, if necessary, enforcing our rights;
 
  •  interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments;
 
  •  the costs of this and all future offerings of common shares and other securities, if any;
 
  •  the base management fee and any incentive management fee;
 
  •  distributions on our shares;
 
  •  administration fees payable under our administration agreement;
 
  •  the allocated costs incurred by MCC Advisors as our administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it;


77


Table of Contents

 
  •  amounts payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, making investments;
 
  •  transfer agent and custodial fees;
 
  •  registration fees;
 
  •  listing fees;
 
  •  taxes;
 
  •  independent director fees and expenses;
 
  •  costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents with the SEC;
 
  •  the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to our stockholders, including printing costs;
 
  •  our fidelity bond;
 
  •  directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; indemnification payments;
 
  •  direct costs and expenses of administration, including audit and legal costs; and
 
  •  all other expenses reasonably incurred by us or our administrator in connection with administering our business, such as the allocable portion of overhead under our administration agreement, including rent and other allocable portions of the cost of certain of our officers and their respective staffs.
 
We will reimburse MCC Advisors for costs and expenses incurred for office space rental, office equipment and utilities allocable to the performance by MCC Advisors of its duties under the investment management agreement, as well as any costs and expenses incurred relating to any non-investment advisory, administrative or operating services provided to us or in the form of managerial assistance to portfolio companies that request it.
 
From time to time, MCC Advisors may pay amounts owed by us to third party providers of goods or services. We will subsequently reimburse MCC Advisors for such amounts paid on our behalf.
 
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification
 
The investment management agreement provides that MCC Advisors and its officers, directors, employees and affiliates are not liable to us or any of our stockholders for any act or omission by it or its employees in the supervision or management of our investment activities or for any loss sustained by us or our stockholders, except that the foregoing exculpation does not extend to any act or omission constituting willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations under the investment management agreement. The investment management agreement also provides for indemnification by us of MCC Advisors’ members, directors, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by it in connection with their services to us, subject to the same limitations and to certain conditions.
 
Board Approval of the Investment Management Agreement
 
Our board of directors held an in-person meeting on          , 2010, in order to consider and approve our investment management agreement. In its consideration of the investment management agreement, the board of directors focused on information it had received relating to, among other things: (a) the nature, quality and extent of the advisory and other services to be provided to us by our investment adviser, MCC Advisors; (b) comparative data with respect to advisory fees or similar expenses paid by other business development companies with similar investment objectives; (c) our projected operating expenses and expense ratio compared to business development companies with similar investment objectives; (d) any existing and potential sources of indirect income to MCC


78


Table of Contents

Advisors from their relationships with us and the profitability of those relationships; (e) information about the services to be performed and the personnel performing such services under the investment management agreement; (f) the organizational capability and financial condition of MCC Advisors and its affiliates; (g) MCC Advisors’ practices regarding the selection and compensation of brokers that may execute our portfolio transactions and the brokers’ provision of brokerage and research services to our investment adviser; (h) the possibility of obtaining similar services from other third party service providers or through an internally managed structure; and (i) the alignment of incentives of the Adviser and our stockholders to be achieved by paying the incentive fee in shares of our common stock.
 
Based on the information reviewed and the discussions, the board of directors, including a majority of the non-interested directors, concluded that the investment management fee rates are reasonable in relation to the services to be provided.
 
Duration and Termination
 
The investment management agreement was approved by our board of directors on          , 2010. Unless terminated earlier as described below, it will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date. It will remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, including, in either case, approval by a majority of our directors who are not interested persons. As required by applicable regulations, we will seek stockholder approval annually for the payment of the portion of the incentive fee due to the Adviser in shares of our common stock at their then market price, which may be at a price that is less than our then NAV per share. To the extent this potential issuance of our stock at a price below our NAV is not approved, we will pay the incentive fee in cash. The investment management agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The investment management agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon not more than 60 days’ written notice to the other. See “Risks−Risks related to our business and structure — We are dependent upon senior management personnel of our investment adviser for our future success, and if our investment adviser is unable to retain qualified personnel or if our investment adviser loses any member of its senior management team, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed”.
 
Administration Agreement
 
We have entered into an administration agreement with our administrator, which we refer to as the “administration agreement”, under which our administrator provides administrative services to us. For providing these services, facilities and personnel, we reimburse our administrator for our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by our administrator in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of certain of our officers and their respective staffs.
 
From time to time, our administrator may pay amounts owed by us to third-party providers of goods or services. We will subsequently reimburse our administrator for such amounts paid on our behalf.
 
License Agreement
 
We have entered into a license agreement with Medley Capital LLC under which Medley Capital LLC has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Medley”. Under this agreement, we will have a right to use the “Medley” name for so long as MCC Advisors or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we will have no legal right to the “Medley” name. This license agreement will remain in effect for so long as the investment management agreement with MCC Advisors is in effect.


79


Table of Contents

 
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
 
The NAV per share of our outstanding shares of common stock is determined quarterly by dividing the value of total assets minus liabilities by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding at the date as of which the determination is made.
 
In calculating the value of our total assets, investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued at such market quotations, which are generally obtained from an independent pricing service or one or more broker-dealers or market makers. However, debt investments with remaining maturities within 60 days that are not credit impaired are valued at cost plus accreted discount, or minus amortized premium, which approximates fair value. Debt and equity securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our board of directors. Because we expect that there will not be a readily available market value for many of the investments in our portfolio, we expect to value many of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith under the direction of our board of directors in accordance with a documented valuation policy that has been reviewed and approved by our board of directors. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.
 
With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:
 
  •  our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment;
 
  •  preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management;
 
  •  investments for which market quotations are not readily available will be valued by independent valuation firms, one third per quarter on a rotating quarterly basis on non fiscal year-end quarters, such that each of these investments will be valued by independent valuation firms at least twice per annum when combined with the annual review of all of the investments by independent valuation firms;
 
In addition, all our investments are subject to the following valuation process:
 
  •  review management’s preliminary valuations and their own independent assessment;
 
  •  the audit committee of our board of directors reviews the preliminary valuations of the investment professionals, senior management and independent valuation firms; and
 
  •  our board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of MCC Advisors, the respective independent valuation firms and the audit committee.
 
The types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities and other relevant factors.
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, (the “FASB”), issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“FAS 157”). In conjunction with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 105 issued by the FASB in June 2009, FAS 157 has been codified in ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”). ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United Sates, or GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.


80


Table of Contents

 
ASC 820 classifies the inputs used to measure these fair values into the following hierarchy:
 
Level 1:  Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, accessible by the Company at the measurement date.
 
Level 2:  Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other observable inputs other than quoted prices.
 
Level 3:  Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.
 
In all cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls will be determined based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to each investment.
 
The changes to generally accepted accounting principles from the application of ASC 820 relate to the definition of fair value, framework for measuring fair value and the expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 applies to fair value measurements already required or permitted by other standards. In accordance with ASC 820, the fair value of our investments is defined as the price that we would receive upon selling an investment in an orderly transaction to an independent buyer in the principal or most advantageous market in which that investment is transacted.
 
Determinations in Connection with Offerings
 
In connection with certain offerings of shares of our common stock, our board of directors or one of its committees will be required to make the determination that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below the then current NAV of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made. Our board of directors or the applicable committee will consider the following factors, among others, in making such determination:
 
  •  the NAV of our common stock most recently disclosed by us in the most recent periodic report that we filed with the SEC;
 
  •  our management’s assessment of whether any material change in the NAV of our common stock has occurred (including through the realization of gains on the sale of our portfolio securities) during the period beginning on the date of the most recently disclosed NAV of our common stock and ending two days prior to the date of the sale of our common stock; and
 
  •  the magnitude of the difference between the NAV of our common stock most recently disclosed by us and our management’s assessment of any material change in the NAV of our common stock since that determination, and the offering price of the shares of our common stock in the proposed offering.
 
This determination will not require that we calculate the NAV of our common stock in connection with each offering of shares of our common stock, but instead it will involve the determination by our board of directors or a committee thereof that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below the then current NAV of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made or otherwise in violation of the 1940 Act. As discussed under “The Adviser — Investment Management Agreement”, we have agreed, pursuant to the terms of the investment management agreement, subject to the receipt of SEC exemptive relief and any required approval by our stockholders, to pay 50% of the net after-tax incentive fee to the Adviser in the form of shares of our common stock at the then current market price, which may be at a price below the NAV.


81


Table of Contents

 
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
 
We are adopting an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan. As a result, if we declare a cash dividend or other distribution, each stockholder that has not “opted out” of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving cash dividends.
 
No action is required on the part of a stockholder to have their cash dividend or other distribution reinvested in shares of our common stock. A stockholder may elect to receive an entire distribution in cash by notifying American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the transfer agent and plan administrator, in writing so that such notice is received by the plan administrator no later than the record date for distributions to stockholders. The plan administrator will set up an account for shares acquired through the plan for each stockholder who has not elected to receive dividends or other distributions in cash and hold such shares in non-certificated form. Upon request by a stockholder participating in the plan, received in writing not less than 10 days prior to the record date, the plan administrator will, instead of crediting shares to the participant’s account, issue a certificate registered in the participant’s name for the number of whole shares of our common stock and a check for any fractional share.
 
Those stockholders whose shares are held by a broker or other financial intermediary may receive dividends in cash by notifying their broker or other financial intermediary of their election.
 
We intend to use primarily newly issued shares to implement the plan, whether our shares are trading at a premium or at a discount to NAV. However, we reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with our implementation of the plan. The number of shares to be issued to a stockholder is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to such stockholder by either (i) the market price per share of our common stock at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange on the valuation date, which date shall be as close as practicable to the dividend payment date for such dividend, in the event that we use newly issued shares to satisfy the share requirements of the dividend reinvestment plan or (ii) the average purchase price, excluding any brokerage charges or other charges, of all shares of common stock purchased by the plan administrator of the dividend reinvestment plan in the event that shares are purchased in the open market to satisfy the share requirements of the dividend reinvestment plan, which may be at, above or below NAV. Market price per share on that date will be the closing price for such shares on the New York Stock Exchange or, if no sale is reported for such day, at the average of their reported bid and asked prices. The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to payment of the dividend cannot be established until the value per share at which additional shares will be issued has been determined and elections of our stockholders have been tabulated.
 
In addition, while the example assumes reinvestment of all cash dividends and other cash distributions at NAV, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan will receive a number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to a participant by either (i) the market price per share of our common stock at the close of trading on the valuation date for the distribution in the event that we use newly issued shares to satisfy the share requirements of the dividend reinvestment plan or (ii) the average purchase price, excluding any brokerage charges or other charges, of all shares of common stock purchased by the administrator of the dividend reinvestment plan in the event that shares are purchased in the open market to satisfy the share requirements of the dividend reinvestment plan, which may be at, above or below NAV.
 
There will be no brokerage charges or other charges to stockholders who participate in the plan. The plan administrator’s fees under the plan will be paid by us. If a participant elects by written notice to the plan administrator to have the plan administrator sell part or all of the shares held by the plan administrator in the participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan administrator is authorized to deduct a $15.00 transaction fee plus a $0.10 per share brokerage commission from the proceeds.


82


Table of Contents

Stockholders who receive dividends in the form of stock are subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as are stockholders who elect to receive their dividends in cash. A stockholder’s basis for determining gain or loss upon the sale of stock received in a dividend from us will be equal to the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to the stockholder. Any stock received in a dividend will have a new holding period for tax purposes commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. stockholder’s account.
 
Participants may terminate their accounts under the plan by notifying the plan administrator via its website at www.amstock.com, by filling out the transaction request form located at bottom of their statement and sending it to the plan administrator at the address below.
 
The plan may be terminated by us upon notice in writing mailed to each participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any dividend by us. All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the plan administrator by mail at American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, New York 10269, or by the Plan Administrator’s Interactive Voice Response System at (888) 777-0324.
 
If you withdraw or the plan is terminated, you will receive the number of whole shares in your account under the plan and a cash payment for any fraction of a share in your account.
 
If you hold your common stock with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the plan, you will not be able to participate in the plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described above. Consult your financial advisor for more information.


83


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
 
General
 
Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist solely of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which no shares were outstanding as of May 31, 2010, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which no shares were outstanding as of May 31, 2010. There is currently no market for our common stock, and we can offer no assurance that a market for our shares will develop in the future. Our common stock have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “MCC”, subject to notice of issuance.
 
Common Stock
 
Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of outstanding preferred stock. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably our net assets available after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock which we may designate and issue in the future. In addition, holders of our common stock may participate in our dividend reinvestment plan.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. The board has discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of each series of preferred stock. The 1940 Act limits our flexibility as to certain rights and preferences of the preferred stock that our certificate of incorporation may provide and requires, among other things, that immediately after issuance and before any distribution is made with respect to common stock, we meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and our preferred stock, of at least 200%, and the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if and for so long as dividends on the preferred stock are unpaid in an amount equal to two full years of dividends on the preferred stock. The features of the preferred stock will be further limited by the requirements applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code. The purpose of authorizing our board to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with providing leverage for our investment program, possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from acquiring, a majority of our outstanding voting stock.
 
Delaware Law and Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions; Anti-Takeover Measures
 
We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. In general, the statute prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with “interested stockholders” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes certain mergers, asset sales and other


84


Table of Contents

transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to exceptions (including an exception for our Adviser and certain of its affiliates), an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with his affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that:
 
  •  the board of directors be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in size as possible, with staggered three-year terms;
 
  •  directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% of the then outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote; and
 
  •  subject to the rights of any holders of preferred stock, any vacancy on the board of directors, however the vacancy occurs, including a vacancy due to an enlargement of the board, may only be filled by vote a majority of the directors then in office.
 
The classification of our board of directors and the limitations on removal of directors and filling of vacancies could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring us. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also provide that special meetings of the stockholders may only be called by our board of directors, Chairman, Vice Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or President.
 
Delaware’s corporation law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws requires a greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation permits our board of directors to amend or repeal our bylaws. Our bylaws generally can be amended by approval of at least 662/3% of the total number of authorized directors subject to certain exceptions, including provisions relating to the size of our board, and certain actions requiring board approval, which provisions will require the vote of 75% of our board of directors to be amended. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 662/3% of the shares of our capital stock entitled to vote is required to amend or repeal any of the provisions of our bylaws.
 
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification
 
Under our certificate of incorporation, we will fully indemnify any person who was or is involved in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was one of our directors or officers. So long as we are regulated under the 1940 Act, the above indemnification and limitation of liability is limited by the 1940 Act or by any valid rule, regulation or order of the SEC thereunder. The 1940 Act provides, among other things, that a company may not indemnify any director or officer against liability to it or its security holders to which he or she might otherwise be subject by reason of his or her willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office unless a determination is made by final decision of a court, by vote of a majority of a quorum of directors who are disinterested, non-party directors or by independent legal counsel that the liability for which indemnification is sought did not arise out of the foregoing conduct.
 
Delaware law also provides that indemnification permitted under the law shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the directors and officers may be entitled under the corporation’s bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or otherwise.
 
We have obtained liability insurance for our officers and directors.
 
Anti-Takeover Provisions
 
Our certificate of incorporation includes provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of us or to change the composition of our board of directors. This could have the effect of depriving stockholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control


85


Table of Contents

over us. Such attempts could have the effect of increasing our expenses and disrupting our normal operation. One of these provisions is that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with the term of one class expiring at each annual meeting of stockholders. At each annual meeting, one class of directors is elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the board of directors. A director may be removed from office by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective director.
 
In addition, our certificate of incorporation requires the favorable vote of a majority of our board of directors followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of our outstanding shares of each affected class or series, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 5% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of our directors, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) will be required. For purposes of these provisions, a 5% or greater holder of a class or series of shares, or a principal stockholder, refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our voting securities.
 
The 5% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are: the merger or consolidation of us or any subsidiary of ours with or into any principal stockholder; the issuance of any of our securities to any principal stockholder for cash, except pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan or rights offering in which the holder does not increase its percentage of voting securities; the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of our assets to any principal stockholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 5% of our total assets, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or the sale, lease or exchange to us or any subsidiary of ours, in exchange for our securities, of any assets of any principal stockholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 5% of our total assets, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.
 
To convert us to an open-end investment company, to merge or consolidate us with any entity or sell all or substantially all of our assets to any entity in a transaction as a result of which the governing documents of the surviving entity do not contain substantially the same anti-takeover provisions as are provided in our certificate of incorporation, to liquidate and dissolve us other than in connection with a qualifying merger, consolidation or sale of assets or to amend any of the provisions discussed herein, our certificate of incorporation requires the favorable vote of a majority of our board of directors followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of our outstanding shares of each affected class or series of our shares, voting separately as a class or series, unless such amendment has been approved by at least 80% of our directors, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) shall be required. If approved in the foregoing manner, our conversion to an open-end investment company could not occur until 90 days after the stockholders meeting at which such conversion was approved and would also require at least 30 days prior notice to all stockholders. As part of any such conversion to an open-end investment company, substantially all of our investment policies and strategies and portfolio would have to be modified to assure the degree of portfolio liquidity required for open-end investment companies. In the event of conversion, the common shares would cease to be listed on any national securities exchange or market system. Stockholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time, except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act, at their NAV, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. You should assume that it is not likely that our board of directors would vote to convert us to an open-end fund.
 
The 1940 Act defines “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” as the lesser of a majority of the outstanding shares and 67% of a quorum of a majority of the outstanding shares. For the


86


Table of Contents

purposes of calculating “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” under our certificate of incorporation, each class and series of our shares will vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the 1940 Act or our certificate of incorporation, with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate class vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required.
 
Our board of directors has determined that provisions with respect to the board of directors and the stockholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the 1940 Act, are in the best interest of stockholders generally. Reference should be made to our certificate of incorporation on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions.


87


Table of Contents

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Upon completion of this offering, 20,342,445 shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. Of these shares, 13,066,667 shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradeable without restriction or limitation under the Securities Act, less that number of shares purchased by our affiliates. Any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates will be subject to the public information, manner of sale and volume limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of common stock that are not sold in this offering, or 7,009,111 shares, will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, such as under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.
 
In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as currently in effect , a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock provided current public information about us is available and, after one year, an unlimited number of shares of our common stock without restriction. Our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months are entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •  1% of the total number of securities then outstanding; or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume of our securities during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.
 
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates also are subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.
 
No assurance can be given as to (1) the likelihood that an active market for our common stock will develop, (2) the liquidity of any such market, (3) the ability of our stockholders to sell our securities or (4) the prices that stockholders may obtain for any of our securities. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of securities, or the availability of securities for future sales, will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our securities, or the perception that such sales could occur, may affect adversely prevailing market prices of our common stock. See “Risks — Risks relating to this offering”.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
During the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we, MCC Advisors, the Principals of MCC Advisors, our officers and directors and our other stockholders have agreed with Goldman Sachs & Co., subject to certain exceptions, not to:
 
(1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or
 
(2) enter into any swap or other agreement, arrangement or transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any common stock.


88


Table of Contents

Moreover, the 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the company issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event unless Goldman Sachs & Co. waives in writing, such extension.


89


Table of Contents

 
REGULATION
 
We intend to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates (including any investment advisers or sub-advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons”, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by “a majority of our outstanding voting securities” as defined in the 1940 Act.
 
We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. We do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, except for registered money market funds we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any investment company, invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of more than one investment company. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such investments might subject our stockholders to additional expenses. None of our investment policies are fundamental and any may be changed without stockholder approval.
 
Qualifying Assets
 
Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our business are the following:
 
  •  Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:
 
  •  is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;
 
  •  is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the Company) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and
 
  •  satisfies either of the following:
 
  •  has a market capitalization of less than $250 million or does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange; or
 
  •  is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC, the BDC actually exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the eligible portfolio company, and, as a result thereof, the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company.
 
  •  Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control.
 
  •  Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.


90


Table of Contents

 
  •  Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.
 
  •  Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.
 
  •  Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.
 
Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies
 
A BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in “Regulation — Qualifying assets” above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the BDC must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance. Where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, the BDC will satisfy this test if one of the other persons in the group makes available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company.
 
Temporary Investments
 
Pending investment in other types of “qualifying assets”, as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets. Typically, we will invest in highly rated commercial paper, U.S. Government agency notes, U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements relating to such securities that are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. Government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price which is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, certain diversification tests in order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes will typically require us to limit the amount we invest with any one counterparty. Our investment adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.
 
Senior Securities
 
We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any preferred stock or publicly traded debt securities are outstanding, we may be prohibited from making distributions to our stockholders or the repurchasing of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risks”.


91


Table of Contents

Code of Ethics
 
We and MCC Advisors have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to each code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. You may read and copy the code of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. In addition, the code of ethics is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of the code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.
 
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
 
We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to MCC Advisors. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of MCC Advisors are set forth below. The guidelines are reviewed periodically by MCC Advisors and our independent directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change.
 
Introduction
 
MCC Advisors is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, MCC Advisors will have fiduciary duties to us. As part of this duty, MCC Advisors recognizes that it must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. MCC Advisors’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures have been formulated to ensure decision-making consistent with these fiduciary duties.
 
These policies and procedures for voting proxies for our investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.
 
Proxy Policies
 
MCC Advisors evaluates routine proxy matters, such as proxy proposals, amendments or resolutions on a case-by-case basis. Routine matters are typically proposed by management and MCC Advisors will normally support such matters so long as they do not measurably change the structure, management control, or operation of the corporation and are consistent with industry standards as well as the corporate laws of the state of incorporation.
 
MCC Advisors also evaluates non-routine matters on a case-by-case basis. Non-routine proposals concerning social issues are typically proposed by stockholders who believe that the corporation’s internally adopted policies are ill-advised or misguided. If MCC Advisors has determined that management is generally socially responsible, MCC Advisors will generally vote against these types of non-routine proposals. Non-routine proposals concerning financial or corporate issues are usually offered by management and seek to change a corporation’s legal, business or financial structure. MCC Advisors will generally vote in favor of such proposals provided the position of current stockholders is preserved or enhanced. Non-routine proposals concerning stockholder rights are made regularly by both management and stockholders. They can be generalized as involving issues that transfer or realign board or stockholder voting power. MCC Advisors typically would oppose any proposal aimed solely at thwarting potential takeovers by requiring, for example, super-majority approval. At the same time, MCC Advisors believes stability and continuity promote profitability. MCC Advisors’ guidelines in this area seek a middle road and individual proposals will be carefully assessed in the context of their particular circumstances.
 


92


Table of Contents

MCC Advisors has engaged a third-party service provider to assist it in the voting of proxies. This third-party service provider makes recommendations to MCC Advisors, based on its guidelines, as to how our votes should be cast. These recommendations are then reviewed by MCC Advisors’ employees, one of whom must approve the proxy vote in writing and return such written approval to our administrator’s operations group. If a vote may involve a material conflict of interest, prior to approving such vote, MCC Advisors must consult with its chief compliance officer to determine whether the potential conflict is material and if so, the appropriate method to resolve such conflict. If the conflict is determined not to be material, MCC Advisors’ employees shall vote the proxy in accordance with MCC Advisors’ proxy voting policy.
 
Proxy Voting Records
 
You may obtain information about how we voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to:
 
Chief Compliance Officer
Medley Capital Corporation
375 Park Avenue, Suite 3304
New York, NY 10152
 
Other
 
We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below NAV per share. We may, however, issue and sell our common stock, at a price below the current NAV of the common stock, or issue and sell warrants, options or rights to acquire such common stock, at a price below the current NAV of the common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interest and in the best interests of our stockholders, and our stockholders have approved our policy and practice of making such sales within the preceding 12 months. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price which, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities. As discussed under “The Adviser — Investment Management Agreement”, we have agreed, pursuant to the terms of the investment management agreement, if we receive SEC exemptive relief, as to which there can be no assurance, and any required approval by our stockholders, to pay 50% of the net after-tax incentive fee to the Adviser in the form of shares of our common stock at the then current market price, which may be at a price below the NAV. See “Risks — Risks relating to this offering — Our ability to pay 50% of the net after-tax incentive fee to the Adviser in shares of our common stock is contingent on our receipt of exemptive relief from the SEC.”
 
We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC.
 
We expect to be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act.
 
We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.
 
We and MCC Advisors are adopting and implementing written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws, and will review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. We and MCC Advisors have designated an interim chief compliance officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures.


93


Table of Contents

 
BROKERAGE ALLOCATIONS AND OTHER PRACTICES
 
Since we will generally acquire and dispose of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, we will infrequently use brokers in the normal course of our business. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, MCC Advisors will be primarily responsible for the execution of the publicly traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. MCC Advisors does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but will seek to obtain the best net results for us, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While MCC Advisors generally will seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs, we will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements, MCC Advisors may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to it and us and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if MCC Advisors determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.


94


Table of Contents

 
TAX MATTERS
 
The following is a general discussion of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern our federal income tax treatment and the federal income taxation of our stockholders. These provisions are subject to differing interpretations and change by legislative or administrative action, and any change may be retroactive. The discussion does not purport to deal with all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to us, or which may be important to particular stockholders in light of their individual investment circumstances or to some types of stockholders subject to special tax rules, such as financial institutions, broker-dealers, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, partnerships or other pass-through entities, persons holding our common shares in connection with a hedging, straddle, conversion or other integrated transaction, persons engaged in a trade or business in the United States or persons who have ceased to be U.S. citizens or to be taxed as resident aliens. This discussion assumes that the stockholders hold their common shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal income tax aspects affecting us and our stockholders, and the discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice. This summary also does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets. No ruling has been or will be sought from the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, regarding any matter discussed herein. Tax counsel has not rendered any legal opinion regarding any tax consequences relating to us or our stockholders. Stockholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of investing in our shares.
 
For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. stockholder” (or in this section, a “stockholder”) is a holder or a beneficial holder of shares which is for U.S. federal income tax purposes (1) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S., (2) a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (3) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source, or (4) a trust if (a) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) the trust has in effect a valid election to be treated as a domestic trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the shares, the tax treatment of the partnership and each partner generally will depend on the activities of the partnership and the activities of the partner. Partnerships acquiring shares, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their own tax advisors. Prospective investors that are not U.S. stockholders should refer to “Non-U.S. Stockholders” below and are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our shares, including the potential application of U.S. withholding taxes.
 
Taxation of the Company
 
We intend to elect and to qualify to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, (a) qualify to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year; (b) derive in each taxable year at least 90 percent of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to our business of investing in stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (a “QPTP”); and (c) diversify our holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (i) at least 50 percent of the market value of our total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, the securities of


95


Table of Contents

other regulated investment companies and other securities, with other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than five percent of the value of our total assets and not more than 10 percent of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer (subject to the exception described below), and (ii) not more than 25 percent of the market value of our total assets is invested in the securities of any issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and the securities of other regulated investment companies), the securities of any two or more issuers that we control and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more QPTPs. We may generate certain income that might not qualify as qualifying income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above.
 
As a RIC, in any fiscal year with respect to which we distribute at least 90 percent of the sum of our (i) investment company taxable income (which is generally our ordinary income plus the excess of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) net tax exempt interest income (which is the excess of our gross tax exempt interest income over certain disallowed deductions) (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”), we (but not our stockholders) generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on investment company taxable income and net capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders. We intend to distribute annually all or substantially all of such income. To the extent that we retain our net capital gains or any investment company taxable income, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax. We may choose to retain our net capital gains or any investment company taxable income, and pay the associated federal corporate income tax, including the federal excise tax described below.
 
Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax payable by us. To avoid this tax, we must distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) during each calendar year an amount equal to the sum of:
 
(1) at least 98 percent of our ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year;
 
(2) at least 98 percent of the amount by which our capital gains exceed our capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made by us to use our taxable year); and
 
(3) income realized, but not distributed, in preceding years (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”).
 
While we intend to distribute any income and capital gains in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% federal excise tax, sufficient amounts of our taxable income and capital gains may not be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the tax. In that event, we will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which we do not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
 
If we use debt financing, we may be prevented by financial covenants from declaring and paying dividends in certain circumstances. Limits on our payment of dividends may prevent us from satisfying the Annual Distribution Requirement, and, therefore, may jeopardize our qualification for taxation as a RIC, and could subject us to the 4% federal excise tax.
 
Although we do not presently expect to do so, we are authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement. However, under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. Moreover, our ability to dispose of assets to meet our distribution requirements may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (2) other requirements relating to our status as a RIC, including the diversification tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.


96


Table of Contents

If, in any particular taxable year, we do not satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement or otherwise were to fail to qualify as a RIC (for example, because we fail the 90% annual gross income requirement described above), all of our taxable income (including our net capital gains) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to stockholders, and distributions generally will be taxable to the stockholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits.
 
We may decide to be taxed as a regular corporation even if we would otherwise qualify as a RIC if we determine that treatment as a corporation for a particular year would be in our best interests.
 
Company Investments
 
Certain of our investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, including the dividends received deduction, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains and qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause us to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. We will monitor our transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to borrow money or dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification as a RIC.
 
Investments we make in securities issued at a discount or providing for deferred interest or payment of interest in kind are subject to special tax rules that will affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to stockholders. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, with increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), we will generally be required to accrue daily as income a portion of the discount and to distribute such income each year to maintain our qualification as a RIC and to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes. Since in certain circumstances we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty making distributions in the amounts necessary to satisfy the requirements for maintaining RIC status and for avoiding U.S. federal income and excise taxes. Accordingly, we may have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and thereby be subject to corporate-level income tax.
 
In the event we invest in foreign securities, we may be subject to withholding and other foreign taxes with respect to those securities. In that case, our yield on those securities would be decreased. We do not expect to satisfy the requirements necessary to pass through to our stockholders their share of the foreign taxes paid by us.
 
If we purchase shares in a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”), we may be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by us to our stockholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on us in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. If we invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code (a “QEF”), in lieu of the foregoing requirements, we will be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed to us. Alternatively, we can elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year our shares in a PFIC; in this case, we will recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent it does not


97


Table of Contents

exceed prior increases included in income. Under either election, we may be required to recognize in a year income in excess of our distributions from PFICs and our proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income will nevertheless be subject to the Annual Distribution Requirement and will be taken into account for purposes of the 4% excise tax. See “— Taxation of the Company” above.
 
The remainder of this discussion assumes that we qualify as a RIC and have satisfied the Annual Distribution Requirement.
 
Taxation of U.S. Stockholders
 
Distributions we pay to you from our net ordinary income or from an excess of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses (together referred to hereinafter as “ordinary income dividends”) are generally taxable to you as ordinary income to the extent of our earnings and profits. Due to our expected investments, in general, distributions will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporate stockholders and will not qualify for the reduced rates of tax for qualified dividend income allowed to individuals. Distributions made to you from an excess of realized net long-term capital gains over realized net short-term capital losses (“capital gain dividends”), including capital gain dividends credited to you but retained by us, are taxable to you as long-term capital gains if they have been properly designated by us, regardless of the length of time you have owned our shares. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will first reduce the adjusted tax basis of your shares and, after the adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to you (assuming the shares are held as a capital asset). The maximum U.S. federal tax rate on long-term capital gains of individuals is generally 15 percent (5 percent for individuals in lower brackets) for such gains realized on or before December 31, 2010. For non-corporate taxpayers, ordinary income dividends will currently be taxed at a maximum rate of 35 percent, while capital gain dividends generally will be currently taxed at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15 percent. For corporate taxpayers, both ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends are currently taxed at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 35 percent. In addition, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, individuals with income in excess of $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of married individuals filing jointly) and certain estates and trusts are subject to an additional 3.8% tax on their “net investment income,” which generally includes net income from interest, dividends, annuities, royalties, and rents, and net capital gains (other than certain amounts earned from trades or businesses). Present law also taxes both long-term and short-term capital gains of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. Non-corporate stockholders with net capital losses for a year (i.e., net capital losses in excess of net capital gains) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year; any net capital losses of a non-corporate stockholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years, subject to certain limitations, as provided in the Code. Corporate stockholders generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a year, but may carryback such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.
 
In the event that we retain any net capital gains, we may designate the retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to our stockholders. If a designation is made, stockholders would include in income, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate share of the undistributed amounts, but would be allowed a credit or refund, as the case may be, for their proportionate share of the corporate tax paid by us. In addition, the tax basis of shares owned by a stockholder would be increased by an amount equal to the difference between (i) the amount included in the stockholder’s income as long-term capital gains and (ii) the stockholder’s proportionate share of the corporate tax paid by us.
 
If an investor purchases shares of our common stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares will include the value of the distribution and the investor will be


98


Table of Contents

subject to tax on the distribution even though economically it may represent a return of his, her or its investment.
 
We will send to each of our U.S. stockholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice detailing, on a per share and per distribution basis, the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the federal tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the IRS (including the amount of dividends, if any, eligible for the 15% maximum rate). Dividends paid by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the preferential tax rate applicable to Qualifying Dividends because our income generally will not consist of dividends. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. stockholder’s particular situation.
 
As a RIC, we will be subject to alternative minimum tax, also referred to as “AMT,” but any items that are treated differently for AMT purposes must be apportioned between us and our U.S. stockholders and this may affect the U.S. stockholders’ AMT liabilities. Although regulations explaining the precise method of apportionment have not yet been issued, such items will generally be apportioned in the same proportion that dividends paid to each U.S. stockholder bear to our taxable income (determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction), unless a different method for particular item is warranted under the circumstances.
 
Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even though they are reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. If we pay you a dividend in January which was declared in the previous October, November or December to stockholders of record on a specified date in one of these months, then the dividend will be treated for tax purposes as being paid by us and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.
 
A stockholder will generally recognize gain or loss on the sale or exchange of our common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the stockholder’s adjusted basis in the shares sold or exchanged and the amount realized on their disposition. Generally, gain recognized by a stockholder on the sale or other disposition of our common shares will result in capital gain or loss to you, and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or exchange of our shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by you. A loss realized on a sale or exchange of our shares will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are acquired (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date that the shares are disposed of. In this case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
 
Stockholders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in our shares.
 
Backup Withholding.  We are required in certain circumstances to backup withhold on taxable dividends or distributions and certain other payments paid to non-corporate stockholders who do not furnish us with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, their social security number) and certain certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to you may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
 
Reportable Transactions Reporting.  If a U.S. stockholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of our common stock of $2 million or more for an individual stockholder or $10 million or more for a corporate stockholder, the stockholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct stockholders of portfolio securities are in many cases exempted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, stockholders of a RIC are not exempted. The fact that a loss


99


Table of Contents

is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their specific circumstances.
 
Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders
 
The following discussion only applies to non-U.S. stockholders. A “non-U.S. stockholder” is a holder that is not a U.S. stockholder for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Whether an investment in the shares is appropriate for a non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in the shares by a non-U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors before investing in our shares.
 
Distributions of ordinary income dividends to non-U.S. stockholders, subject to the discussion below, will generally be subject to withholding of federal tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Different tax consequences may result if the non-U.S. stockholder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met.
 
Under a provision that expired for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2009, properly designated dividends received by a non-U.S. stockholder are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax when they (1) are paid in respect of our “qualified net interest income” (generally, our U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which we are at least a 10% stockholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income), or (2) were paid in connection with our “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of our net short-term capital gain over our long-term capital loss for such taxable year). If such provision is renewed by the U.S. Congress, depending on the circumstances, we may designate all, some or none of our potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. stockholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or an acceptable substitute or successor form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary could withhold even if we designate the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. stockholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts. As discussed above, this exemption from withholding for interest-related and short term capital gain dividends has expired for tax years beginning after December 31, 2009. It is unclear whether such exemption will be renewed and, even if renewed, it may again be subject to expiration.
 
Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a non-U.S. stockholder, and gains recognized by a non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of our common stock, generally will not be subject to federal withholding tax and will not be subject to federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. stockholder or, in the case of an individual, such individual is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met.
 
If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions (which we may do in the future), a non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a federal income tax return even if the non-U.S. stockholder is not otherwise required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a federal income tax return. For a corporate non-U.S. stockholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale of our common stock that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30%


100


Table of Contents

rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable tax treaty). Accordingly, investment in the shares may not be appropriate for certain non-U.S. stockholders.
 
Backup Withholding.  A non-U.S. stockholder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of federal income tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of federal income tax on dividends unless the non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to you may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
 
Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in our shares.
 
Recently proposed legislation would limit the ability of non-U.S. investors to claim relief from U.S. withholding tax with respect to dividends paid on the shares, if such investors hold the shares through a non-U.S. intermediary that is not a “qualified intermediary”. Proposed legislation also would limit the ability of certain non-U.S. entities to claim relief from U.S. withholding tax in respect of dividends paid to such non-U.S. entities unless those entities have provided documentation of their beneficial owners to the withholding agent. Another proposal would impose a 20% withholding tax on the gross proceeds of the sale of shares effected through a non-U.S. intermediary that is not a qualified intermediary and that is not located in a jurisdiction with which the United States has a comprehensive income tax treaty having a satisfactory exchange of information provision. A non-U.S. investor generally would be permitted to claim a refund to the extent any tax withheld exceeded the investor’s actual tax liability. It is unclear whether, or in what form, these proposals may be enacted. Non-U.S. stockholders are encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of these proposals on their investment in respect of the shares of our common stock.
 
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
 
Legislation was enacted on March 18, 2010 that will, effective for payments made after December 31, 2012, impose a 30% U.S. withholding tax on dividends paid by U.S. issuers and on the gross proceeds from the disposition of stock paid to a foreign financial institution, unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury Department (“Treasury”) to collect and provide to Treasury substantial information regarding U.S. account holders, including certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners, with such institution. The legislation also generally imposes a withholding tax of 30% on dividends paid by U.S. issuers and on the gross proceeds from the disposition of stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Investors are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this recently enacted legislation on their investment in shares of our common stock.


101


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
The Company and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered, except for those being sold directly by us as described below. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. is the representative of the underwriters.
 
         
    Number
 
Underwriters
 
of Shares(1)
 
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. 
                
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
       
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
       
RBC Capital Markets Corporation
       
BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott & Stringfellow, LLC
       
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
       
JMP Securities LLC
       
         
Total
    13,066,667  
         
 
 
(1) Assumes the sale of 266,667 shares of our common stock directly by us to MCC Advisors and its employees in a concurrent offering.
 
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares being sold directly by us and those covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.
 
If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 1,960,000 shares from the Company. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
 
The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the Company. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase           additional shares.
 
                 
   
No Exercise(1)
 
Full Exercise(1)
 
Per Share
  $                $             
Total
  $       $  
 
 
(1) Assumes the sale of 266,667 shares of our common stock directly by us to MCC Advisors and its employees in a concurrent offering. No underwriting discounts or commissions will be paid to the underwriters in connection therewith.
 
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.
 
We are concurrently offering shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price directly to MCC Advisors and some of its employees pursuant to this prospectus. Since these shares are being sold directly by us and not through the underwriters, no underwriting discount or commission will be paid to the underwriters for shares purchased by MCC Advisors and these employees. Consequently, the entire amount of the proceeds from such sales will be paid directly to us. MCC


102


Table of Contents

Advisors and its employees have submitted non-binding indication of interests to purchase $4 million of shares of our common stock in connection with this offering directly from us.
 
We, MCC Advisors, the Principals of MCC Advisors, our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs.
 
The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event unless Goldman Sachs & Co. waives in writing, such extension.
 
Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated between the Company and the representative. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the Company, an assessment of the Company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
 
Our shares of common stock have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MCC”, subject to notice of issuance. In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders.
 
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Shorts sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the Company in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
 
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
 
Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may


103


Table of Contents

stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
 
European Economic Area
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
 
(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
 
(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
 
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
 
(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA would not, if the Issuer was not an authorised person, apply to the Issuer; and
 
(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
 
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the


104


Table of Contents

Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
 
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
 
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
 
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
 
The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.
 
The Company estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $1.4 million.
 
The Company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.


105


Table of Contents

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve securities and instruments of the issuer.
 
The principal business address of Goldman, Sachs & Co. is 200 West Street, New York, NY 10282 and the principal business address of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is 338 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013.


106


Table of Contents

 
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
 
The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation provides custodian services to us pursuant to a custodian services agreement. The principal business address of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation is One Wall Street, New York, New York, 10286. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company provides transfer agency and distribution paying agency services to us under a transfer agency agreement and a distribution paying agent agreement, respectively. The address of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company is 59 Maiden Lane, New York, New York, 10038.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
Certain legal matters in connection with the common shares will be passed upon for us by Morrison & Foerster LLP, New York, New York, and for the underwriters by Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, Washington, DC.
 
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
Ernst & Young LLP is our independent registered accounting firm. Rothstein, Kass & Company, P.C., is the independent registered public accounting firm of MOF I BDC.
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
We have filed a registration statement with the SEC on Form N-2, including amendments, relating to the shares we are offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, including any exhibits and schedules it may contain. For further information concerning us or the shares we are offering, please refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each statement is qualified in all respects by this reference.
 
Upon the completion of this offering, we will file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and the related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.
 
PRIVACY PRINCIPLES
 
We are committed to maintaining the privacy of stockholders and to safeguarding our non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.
 
Generally, we do not receive any nonpublic personal information relating to our stockholders, although certain nonpublic personal information of our stockholders may become available to us. We do not disclose any nonpublic personal information about our stockholders or former stockholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service stockholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).
 
We restrict access to nonpublic personal information about our stockholders to our investment adviser’s employees with a legitimate business need for the information. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the nonpublic personal information of our stockholders.


107


 

 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
MEDLEY CAPITAL BDC LLC AND MOF I BDC LLC
MAY 31, 2010
 
         
    Page(s)
 
    F-2  
Financial Statements of Medley Capital BDC LLC
       
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7 – F-8  
    F-9  
Financial Statement of MOF I BDC LLC
       
    F-10  
    F-11  
    F-12 – F-14  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Managing Member
Medley Capital BDC LLC
 
We have audited the accompanying statement of assets, liabilities and member’s capital of Medley Capital BDC LLC (the “Company”) as of May 31, 2010, and the related statements of operations, changes in member’s capital and cash flows for the period from April 23, 2010 (date of inception) to May 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Medley Capital BDC LLC at May 31, 2010, and the results of its operations, the changes in its member’s capital, and its cash flows for the period from April 23, 2010 (date of inception) to May 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Ernst & Young LLP
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
New York, New York
June 30, 2010


F-2


Table of Contents

 
MEDLEY CAPITAL BDC LLC
 
Statement of Assets, Liabilities and Member’s Capital
May 31, 2010
 
         
 
Assets
       
Deferred offering costs
  $ 49,760  
Cash
    15,170  
         
Total assets
  $ 64,930  
         
Liabilities and member’s capital
       
Liabilities:
       
Accrued organization costs
  $ 92,000  
Contributed loan
    50,000  
Deferred offering costs payable
    15,000  
         
Total liabilities
    157,000  
         
Member’s capital:
       
Accumulated loss
    (92,070 )
         
Total member’s capital
    (92,070 )
         
Total liabilities and member’s capital
  $ 64,930  
         


F-3


Table of Contents

 
MEDLEY CAPITAL BDC LLC
 
Statement of Operations
 
For the period from April 23, 2010 (Date of Inception) to May 31, 2010
 
         
Expenses
       
Organization costs
  $ 92,070  
Total expenses
    92,070  
         
Net loss
  $ (92,070 )
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

 
MEDLEY CAPITAL BDC LLC
 
Statement of Changes in Member’s Capital
 
For the period from April 23, 2010 (Date of Inception) to May 31, 2010
 
         
    Member’s
 
    Capital  
 
Member’s capital, beginning of period
  $  
Capital contributions
     
Capital withdrawals
     
Net loss
    (92,070 )
         
Member’s capital, end of period
  $ (92,070 )
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

 
MEDLEY CAPITAL BDC LLC
 
Statement of Cash Flows
 
For the period from April 23, 2010 (Date of Inception) to May 31, 2010
 
         
Cash flows from operating activities
       
Net loss
  $ (92,070 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
       
Increase in deferred offering costs
    (49,760 )
Increase in accrued organization costs
    92,000  
Increase in deferred offering costs payable
    15,000  
Net cash used in operating activities
    (34,830 )
         
Cash flows from financing activities
       
Proceeds from contributed loan
    50,000  
Net cash provided by financing activities
    50,000  
         
Net change in cash
    15,170  
Cash, beginning of period
     
         
Cash, end of period
  $ 15,170  
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

 
MEDLEY CAPITAL BDC LLC
 
Notes to Financial Statements
May 31, 2010
 
1.   Organization
 
Medley Capital BDC LLC (the “Company”) is a Delaware limited liability company formed on April 23, 2010. The Company is a newly organized closed-end management investment company that intends to elect to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, prior to its initial public offering (“IPO”). The Company intends to raise common equity in its IPO. In connection with the IPO, the Company will then convert, in accordance with Delaware law, to a Delaware corporation and be named Medley Capital Corporation (the “Corporation”).
 
During the period from April 23, 2010 (date of inception) to May 31, 2010, the sole and Managing Member, Brook Taube, contributed $50,000 in the form of a non-interest bearing loan (the “Contributed Loan”). At the consummation of the IPO, the Company will repay the $50,000 to the Managing Member. After this repayment, the Managing Member will no longer be a member of the Company.
 
Other than the contributed loan of $50,000 to the Company by the Managing Member, and certain organizational costs and registration fees incurred related to the pending IPO, the Company has not commenced operations.
 
2.   Significant Accounting Policies
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying financial statements are expressed in United States dollars and have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S.”).
 
Cash
 
The Company maintains its cash balance in a checking account at a financial institution. The cash is not subject to any restriction for withdrawal.
 
3.   Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
4.   Organizational Expenses and Offering Costs
 
Organizational expenses consist principally of legal and accounting fees incurred in connection with the organization of the Company and have been expensed as incurred. In the event the IPO does not occur, the Company will not incur all such expenses and may not be able to pay expenses that are incurred. Additional offering costs, which will consist principally of underwriting fees, registration costs, and legal costs are not yet estimable.
 
Deferred offering costs related to the IPO will be charged to capital upon the receipt of the capital to be raised. Deferred offering costs consist of a $14,260 Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and a $20,500 FINRA filing fee incurred during the period from April 23, 2010 (date of inception) to May 31, 2010. These offering costs reflect the Company’s best estimate and are subject to change upon the completion of the IPO.


F-7


Table of Contents

Medley Capital BDC LLC
Notes to Financial Statement (continued)
 
 
5.   Federal Income Taxes
 
No provision for Federal, state and local income taxes has been made in the accompanying financial statements, as the Managing Member is individually liable for its own tax payments.
 
The Company evaluates tax positions it has taken, expects to take or that are otherwise relevant to the Company for purposes of determining whether any relevant tax positions would “more-likely-than-not” be sustained by the applicable tax authority. The Company has analyzed such tax positions and has concluded that no unrecognized tax benefits should be recorded for uncertain tax positions for tax years that may be open (2010). The Company identifies its major tax jurisdictions as U.S. Federal and state jurisdictions as well as foreign jurisdictions where the Company makes significant investments. The Company is not aware of any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will change materially in the next twelve months. The Company records tax positions that are not deemed to meet a more-likely-than-not threshold as tax expenses as well as any applicable penalties or interest associated with such positions. During the period from April 23, 2010 (date of inception) to May 31, 2010 there was no tax expense.
 
The Company expects to convert to a corporation in conjunction with the IPO. At such time the Company intends to file an election to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and, among other things, intends to make the requisite distributions to its stockholders which will relieve it from Federal income or excise taxes. Therefore, no provision is anticipated to be recorded for Federal income or excise taxes.
 
6.   Related Party Transactions
 
On May 31, 2010, Medley Opportunity Fund LP (“MOF LP”), a Delaware limited partnership and Medley Opportunity Fund Ltd (“MOF LTD”), a Cayman Islands limited company each contributed their respective interests in seven loan assets to MOF I BDC LLC (the “MOF I”), an affiliated Delaware limited liability company, in exchange for 5% and 95%, respectively, of the membership interests in MOF I.
 
Upon the anticipated concurrent consummation of the Company’s IPO of common equity, MOF LTD and MOF LP will then contribute their respective MOF I membership interests to the Company, in exchange for Company membership interests. MOF I will, thereafter, be a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.
 
Concurrent with the IPO, the Company will enter into an investment management agreement with MCC Advisors LLC (“MCC Advisors”), an affiliate of the Managing Member, where the Company will pay MCC Advisors a management fee and incentive fee. In addition, the Company will reimburse MCC Advisors for costs and expenses incurred for office space rental, office equipment and utilities allocable to the performance by MCC Advisors of its duties under the investment management agreement, as well as any costs and expenses incurred relating to any noninvestment advisory, administrative or operating services provided to us or in the form of managerial assistance to portfolio companies that request it.
 
7.   Indemnification
 
In the normal course of business, the Company may enter into certain contracts that provide a variety of indemnities. The Company’s maximum exposure under these indemnities is unknown. The Company does not consider it necessary to record a liability in this regard.


F-8


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Members and the Members of MOF I BDC LLC
 
We have audited the accompanying statement of financial condition of MOF I BDC LLC (the “Company”), including the schedule of investments, as of May 31, 2010. This statement is the responsibility of the management of the Company. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of their internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our procedures included confirmation of securities owned as of May 31, 2010 by appropriate auditing procedures. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MOF I BDC LLC as of May 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/ Rothstein Kass & Company, P.C.
 
Roseland, New Jersey
July 1, 2010


F-9


Table of Contents

 
MOF I BDC LLC
 
Statement of Financial Condition
May 31, 2010
 
         
ASSETS
       
Investments in securities, at fair value (cost $104,375,584)
  $ 104,375,584  
Interest receivable
    853,154  
         
    $ 105,228,738  
         
MEMBERS’ CAPITAL
       
Members’ Capital
  $ 105,228,738  
         
    $ 105,228,738  
         


F-10


Table of Contents

 
MOF I BDC LLC
 
Schedule of Investments
 
May 31, 2010
 
                         
          Percentage of
       
    Principal
    Members’
       
    Amount     Capital     Fair Value  
 
Investments in Securities, at fair value(1)
                       
United States
                       
Senior Secured Loans
                       
Aerospace & Defense
                       
Aurora Flight Sciences Corporation
(11.75%, due 09/2010)
  $ 12,000,000       11.31 %   $ 11,902,051  
Sheffield Manufacturing, Inc.
(14.00%, due 04/2012)
    15,714,186       14.73 %     15,502,304  
Capital Equipment
                       
Water Capital USA, Inc.
(14.00%, due 01/2013)
    20,000,000       19.06 %     20,061,581  
Containers & Packaging
                       
Bennu Glass, Inc.
(15.00%, due 04/2013)
    10,000,000       9.89 %     10,411,351  
Energy & Power
                       
Geneva Wood Fuels LLC
(15.50%, due 05/2011)
    10,870,000       10.37 %     10,911,053  
Financial Services
                       
Allied Cash Holdings LLC
(15.00%, due 06/2013)
    20,000,000       19.15 %     20,154,415  
Velum Global Credit Management LLC
(15.00%, due 03/2014)
    15,000,000       14.67 %     15,432,829  
                         
Total Investments in Securities, at fair value
(cost $104,375,584)(2)
            99.19 %   $ 104,375,584  
                         
 
(1) Investments in Securities are held through participation agreements with an affiliate.
 
(2) At May 31, 2010 the cost of the Company’s Investment in Securities is equal to the fair value of the securities.


F-11


Table of Contents

 
MOF I BDC LLC
 
Notes to Financial Statement
May 31, 2010
 
1.   Background and summary of significant accounting policies
 
Background
 
MOF I BDC LLC (the “Company”) was formed by Medley Opportunity Fund LP (“MOF LP”) and Medley Opportunity Fund Ltd (“MOF LTD” and, collectively, “the Funds”) in the State of Delaware in April 2010. On May 31, 2010 each of MOF LP and MOF LTD assigned all of their respective interests in seven loan participations in secured loans to middle market companies (the “Loan Assets”) to MOF I BDC in exchange for membership interests in MOF I BDC. At that time, MOF LTD owned approximately 95% of the outstanding MOF I BDC membership interests and MOF LP owned approximately 5% of the outstanding MOF I BDC membership interests. As a result of the foregoing, MOF I BDC has a 100% interest in the Loan Assets. Each of MOF LTD and MOF LP will then contribute their respective MOF I BDC membership interests to Medley Capital BDC LLC, a second newly formed Delaware limited liability company, in exchange for Medley Capital BDC LLC membership interests. MOF I BDC will, thereafter, be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Medley Capital BDC LLC. Medley Capital BDC LLC will then convert into Medley Capital Corporation (“MCC”), a Delaware corporation, immediately prior to the completion of its initial public offering. These transactions will hereinafter be referred to as the “Formation Transaction”.
 
Medley Capital LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and the Investment Manager for the Funds, serves as the Investment Advisor for the Company at this time, although no formal agreement exists with the Company itself. It is anticipated that MCC Advisors LLC (“MCCA”), the investment advisor to MCC and an affiliate of Medley Capital LLC, will become, upon the completion of the Formation Transaction discussed above, the investment advisor to the Company by virtue of its official role as the investment advisor to MCC.
 
The Company’s investments in loans are currently through participation agreements with an affiliate of MCCA.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying financial statements are expressed in United States dollars and have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).
 
Valuation of Investments in Securities, at Fair Value — Definition and Hierarchy
 
In accordance with GAAP, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
 
In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches. In accordance with GAAP, a fair value hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are those that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s assumptions about the inputs market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.
 
The fair value hierarchy is categorized into three levels based on the inputs as follows:
 
Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, accessible by the Company at the measurement date.


F-12


Table of Contents

Notes to Financial Statement (continued)
 
 
Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities that are not active, or other observable inputs other than quoted prices.
 
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.
 
The availability of valuation techniques and observable inputs can vary from security to security and is affected by a wide variety of factors including, the type of security, whether the security is new and not yet established in the marketplace, and other characteristics particular to the transaction. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Those estimated values do not necessarily represent the amounts that may be ultimately realized due to the occurrence of future circumstances that cannot be reasonably determined. Because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation, those estimated values may be materially higher or lower than the values that would have been used had a ready market for the securities existed. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for securities categorized in Level 3. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls, is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
 
Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The Company uses prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including periods of market dislocation. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many securities. This condition could cause a security to be reclassified to a lower level within the fair value hierarchy.
 
Valuation Techniques
 
The Company values its investments in securities at fair value as determined by the Company’s management. Those estimated values do not necessarily represent the amounts that may be ultimately realized due to the occurrence of future circumstances that cannot be reasonably determined. Because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation, those estimated values may be materially higher or lower than the values that would have been used had a ready market for the securities existed.
 
The Company’s investments consist of asset-based loans to private companies. Because these investments are illiquid and because there are no directly comparable companies whose financial instruments have observable market values, these loans are valued by management using a fundamental valuation methodology, consistent with traditional asset pricing standards, that is objective and consistently applied across all loans and through time. Management considers fluctuations in current interest rates, the trends in yields of debt instruments with similar credit ratings, financial condition of the borrower, economic conditions and other relevant factors, both qualitative and quantitative. In the event that a Level 3 debt instrument is not performing, management will evaluate the value of the collateral utilizing the same framework described above for a performing loan to determine the value of the Level 3 debt instrument.
 
Investment Transactions and Related Investment Income
 
Investment transactions are accounted for on a trade-date basis. Interest is recognized on the accrual basis and in accordance with the terms of the loan agreements. The Company considers the estimated net realizable value of any investment income receivable in determining the fair values of its investments in securities. Accretion of market and original issue discounts are calculated using the effective interest method.


F-13


Table of Contents

Notes to Financial Statement (continued)
 
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company does not provide for income taxes because the individual members are responsible for reporting their share of the Company’s net income (loss) on their income tax returns. The financial statements reflect the Company’s transactions without adjustment, if any, required for income tax purposes.
 
In accordance with GAAP, the Managing Member is required to determine whether a tax position of the Company is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company intends to file an income tax return in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and may file income tax returns in various U.S. states and foreign jurisdictions. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major tax authorities on these returns when filed. The tax benefit to be recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. De-recognition of a tax benefit previously recognized could result in the Company recording a tax liability that would reduce net assets. This policy also provides guidance on thresholds, measurement, de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition that is intended to provide better financial statement comparability among different entities. The Company adopted this policy on April 23, 2010 and based on its analysis, the Managing Member has determined that the adoption of this policy did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements. However, the Managing Member’s conclusions regarding this policy may be subject to review and adjustment at a later date based on factors including, but not limited to, on-going analyses of and changes to tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof.
 
There are no significant income tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefit will significantly increase or decrease in the next twelve months.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts disclosed in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
2.   Fair Value Measurements
 
The Company’s assets recorded at fair value have been categorized based upon a fair value hierarchy as described in the Company’s significant accounting policies in Note 1.
 
As of May 31, 2010, all of the Company’s investments are Level 3 assets with significant unobservable inputs.
 
3.   Members’ capital
 
In accordance with the limited liability company agreement, net profits or losses of the Company are allocated to each member in accordance with the ratio of their respective percentage interests in the Company.
 
4.   Participation in secured loans
 
By owning loan participations, the Company will usually have a contractual relationship only with the affiliate, not the borrower. The Company may be subject to the credit risk of the affiliate as well as of the borrower.
 
5.   Related parties (also see Note 1)
 
The Funds, or companies wholly — owned or controlled by the Funds, own equity interests in six of the portfolio companies as to which the Company currently has a loan participation agreement


F-14


Table of Contents

Notes to Financial Statement (continued)
 
 
investment. These portfolio companies include Allied Cash Holdings LLC, Aurora Flight Sciences Corporation, Bennu Glass, Inc., Geneva Wood Fuels LLC, Sheffield Manufacturing, Inc., and Velum Global Credit Management LLC. The Funds, or companies wholly — owned or controlled by the Funds, have significant equity interest or significant board and/or other representation for three of the portfolio companies. These portfolio companies include Allied Cash Holdings, LLC, Bennu Glass, Inc., and Velum Global Credit Management LLC.
 
Two borrowers, Allied Cash Holdings LLC and Velum Global Credit Management LLC, both of which have loans in which the Company holds participation rights, have retained employees of Medley Capital LLC, an affiliate of the Company, to serve in senior management positions.
 
6.  Company investment risk, concentration of credit risk, and liquidity risk
 
The Company’s Board of Members has broad discretion in making investments for the Company. Investments will generally consist of debt instruments that may be affected by business, financial market or legal uncertainties. Prices of investments may be volatile, and a variety of factors that are inherently difficult to predict, such as domestic or international economic and political developments, may significantly affect the results of the Company’s activities and the value of its investments. In addition, the value of the Company’s portfolio may fluctuate as the general level of interest rates fluctuate.
 
The value of the Company’s investments in loans may be detrimentally affected to the extent, among other things, that a borrower defaults on its obligations, there is insufficient collateral and/or there are extensive legal and other costs incurred in collecting on a defaulted loan, observable secondary or primary market yields for similar instruments issued by comparable companies increase materially or risk premiums required in the market between smaller companies, such as our borrowers, and those for which market yields are observable increase materially. The Company’s Board of Members may attempt to minimize this risk by maintaining low loan-to-liquidation values with each loan and the collateral underlying the loan.
 
The Company’s assets may, at any time, include securities and other financial instruments or obligations that are illiquid or thinly traded, making purchase or sale of such securities and financial instruments at desired prices or in desired quantities difficult or impossible. Furthermore, the sale of any such investments may be possible only at substantial discounts, and it may be extremely difficult to value any such investments accurately.
 
7.   Recent accounting pronouncements
 
On January 21, 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”), Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements, which provides guidance on how investment assets and liabilities are to be valued and disclosed. Specifically, the amendment requires reporting entities to disclose i) the input and valuation techniques used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements, for Level 2 or Level 3 positions, ii) transfers between all levels (including Level 1 and Level 2) will be required to be disclosed on a gross basis (i.e. transfers out must be disclosed separately from transfers in) as well as the reason(s) for the transfers and iii) purchases, sales, issuances and settlements must be shown on a gross basis in the Level 3 rollforward rather than as one net number. The effective date of the ASU is for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, however, the requirement to provide the Level 3 activity for purchases, sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis will be effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2010. At this time management is evaluating the implications of the amendment to Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820 and the impact to the statement of financial condition, including the schedule of investments.
 
ASC 860, “Transfers and Servicing,” removes the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity (“QSPE”) and removes the exception from applying to variable interest entities that are QSPEs. This


F-15


Table of Contents

Notes to Financial Statement (continued)
 
 
statement also clarifies the requirements for isolation and limitations on portions of financial assets that are eligible for sale accounting. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. At this time management is evaluating the implications of the amendment to Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820 and the impact to the statement of financial condition, including the schedule of investments.


F-16


Table of Contents

 
 
           Shares
 
Medley Capital Corporation
 
Common Stock
 
 
PROSPECTUS
 
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. Citi
 
Stifel Nicolaus RBC Capital Markets
 
BB&T Capital Markets Janney Montgomery Scott JMP Securities
 
 
 
 
 
Through and including , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
 
 


Table of Contents

PART C
 
OTHER INFORMATION
 
Item 25.   Financial statements and exhibits
 
     
1.
  Financial Statements
    None
2.
  Exhibits
(a)(1)
  Certificate of Formation of Medley Capital BDC LLC(1)
(a)(2)
  Certificate of Formation of MOF I BDC LLC(1)
(a)(3)
  Certificate of Incorporation of Medley Capital Corporation(2)
(b)(1)
  Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley Capital BDC LLC(1)
(b)(2)
  Limited Liability Company Agreement of MOF I BDC LLC(3)
(b)(3)
  Form of By-Laws of Medley Capital Corporation(2)
(d)
  Form of Specimen Certificate(2)
(e)
  Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan(1)
(g)
  Form of Investment Management Agreement(1)
(h)
  Form of Underwriting Agreement(2)
(j)(1)
  Form of Custody Agreement(2)
(k)(1)
  Certificate of Appointment of Transfer Agent(3)
(k)(2)
  Form of Administration Agreement(1)
(k)(3)
  License Agreement(1)
(k)(4)
  Form of Registration Rights Agreement(2)
(l)
  Opinion and Consent of Counsel to the Company(2)
(n)(1)
  Consent of Thomson Reuters (Markets) LLC(1)
(n)(2)
  Consent of Rothstein, Kass & Company, P.C.(3)
(n)(3)
  Consent of Karin Hirtler-Garvey(1)
(n)(4)
  Consent of John E. Mack(1)
(n)(5)
  Consent of Joseph Schmuckler(1)
(n)(6)
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP(3)
(r)(1)
  Code of Ethics of Medley Capital Corporation(1)
(r)(2)
  Code of Ethics of MCC Advisors LLC(1)
 
(1) Previously filed
 
(2) To be filed by amendment
 
(3) Filed herewith
 
Item 26.   Marketing arrangements
 
The information contained under the heading “Underwriting” in this Registration Statement is incorporated herein by reference. Reference is also made to the Form of Underwriting Agreement for the Registrant’s shares of common stock to be filed by amendment to this registration statement.
 
Item 27.   Other expenses of issuance and distribution
 
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement:
 
         
SEC registration fee
  $ 14,260  
FINRA filing fee
  $ 20,500  
New York Stock Exchange listing fee
    40,000  
Printing (other than certificates)
    *  
Engraving and printing certificates
    *  
Accounting fees and expenses
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Miscellaneous fees and expenses
    *  
         
Total
  $  
         
 
(*) To be furnished by amendment.


Table of Contents

All of the expenses set forth above shall be borne by the Registrant.
 
Item 28.   Persons controlled by or under common control with the registrant
 
None.
 
Item 29.   Number of holders of shares
 
The following table sets forth the approximate number of record holders of the Company’s common stock as of May 31, 2010:
 
     
    Number of
Title of Class
 
Record Holders
 
Common Stock, $0.001 par value
  0
 
Item 30.   Indemnification
 
The information contained under the heading “Description of Shares” is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of an action suit or proceeding) is asserted by a director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is again public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The Registrant carries liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers (other than with respect to claims resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office) on a claims-made basis.
 
The Registrant has agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities for actions taken in their capacities as such, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
Item 31.   Business and other connections of investment adviser
 
A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which MCC Advisors, and each managing director, director or executive officer of MCC Advisors, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the section entitled “The Adviser”. Additional information regarding MCC Advisors and its officers and directors is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC File No. 801-71515), and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 32.   Location of accounts and records
 
The Registrant’s accounts, books and other documents are currently located at the offices of the Registrant, 375 Park Avenue, Suite 3304, New York, NY 10152, and at the offices of the Registrant’s Custodian, The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, and Transfer Agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
 
Item 33.   Management services
 
Not Applicable.


Table of Contents

Item 34.   Undertakings
 
(1) The Registrant hereby undertakes to suspend the offering of its common stock until it amends its prospectus if (a) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the NAV declines more than 10 percent from its NAV as of the effective date of the Registration Statement or (b) the NAV increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.
 
(2) Not applicable.
 
(3) Not applicable.
 
(4) Not applicable.
 
(5)(a) For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(6) Not applicable.


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, and the State of New York, on the 2nd day of July, 2010.
 
MEDLEY CAPITAL BDC LLC
 
  By: 
/s/  Brook Taube
Name:     Brook Taube
  Title:  Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth below on July 2, 2010. This document may be executed by the signatories hereto on any number of counterparts, all of which constitute one and the same instrument.
 
         
Name
 
Title
 
/s/  Brook Taube

Brook Taube
  Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/  Richard T. Allorto, Jr.

Richard T. Allorto, Jr.
  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
     
1.
  Financial Statements
    None
2.
  Exhibits
(a)(1)
  Certificate of Formation of Medley Capital BDC LLC(1)
(a)(2)
  Certificate of Formation of MOF I BDC LLC(1)
(a)(3)
  Certificate of Incorporation of Medley Capital Corporation(2)
(b)(1)
  Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley Capital BDC LLC(1)
(b)(2)
  Limited Liability Company Agreement of MOF I BDC LLC(3)
(b)(3)
  Form of By-Laws of Medley Capital Corporation(2)
(d)
  Form of Specimen Certificate(2)
(e)
  Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan(1)
(g)
  Form of Investment Management Agreement(1)
(h)
  Form of Underwriting Agreement(2)
(j)(1)
  Form of Custody Agreement(2)
(k)(1)
  Certificate of Appointment of Transfer Agent(3)
(k)(2)
  Form of Administration Agreement(1)
(k)(3)
  License Agreement(1)
(k)(4)
  Form of Registration Rights Agreement(2)
(l)
  Opinion and Consent of Counsel to the Company(2)
(n)(1)
  Consent of Thomson Reuters (Markets) LLC(1)
(n)(2)
  Consent of Rothstein, Kass & Company, P.C.(3)
(n)(3)
  Consent of Karin Hirtler-Garvey(1)
(n)(4)
  Consent of John E. Mack(1)
(n)(5)
  Consent of Joseph Schmuckler(1)
(n)(6)
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP(3)
(r)(1)
  Code of Ethics of Medley Capital Corporation(1)
(r)(2)
  Code of Ethics of MCC Advisors LLC(1)
 
(1) Previously filed
 
(2) To be filed by amendment
 
(3) Filed herewith

exv99wbw2
Exhibit (b)(2)
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
MOF I BDC LLC
Effective as of May 28, 2010

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
 
    Page  
Article I DEFINED TERMS
    1  
 
Section 1.1 Definitions
    1  
 
Section 1.2 Construction
    6  
 
Article II FORMATION AND TERM
    7  
 
Section 2.1 Formation
    7  
 
Section 2.2 Name
    7  
 
Section 2.3 Term
    7  
 
Section 2.4 Registered Agent and Office
    8  
 
Section 2.5 Principal Place of Business
    8  
 
Section 2.6 Title to Company Assets
    8  
 
Article III PURPOSE AND POWERS OF THE COMPANY
    8  
 
Section 3.1 Purposes
    8  
 
Section 3.2 Powers of the Company
    8  
 
Section 3.3 Maintenance of Separate Existence
    8  
 
Article IV ACQUISITION OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; LOANS
    9  
 
Section 4.1 Membership Interests
    9  
 
Section 4.2 Status of Capital Contributions
    9  
 
Section 4.3 Capital Accounts
    9  
 
Section 4.4 Loans
    11  
 
Article V RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF MEMBERS
    11  
 
Section 5.1 Membership Interests
    11  
 
Section 5.2 Power of Members
    11  
 
Section 5.3 Place of Meetings
    11  
 
Section 5.4 Meetings
    11  
 
Section 5.5 Notice of Meetings
    11  
 
Section 5.6 Waiver of Notice
    12  
 
Section 5.7 Quorum and Adjournment
    12  
 
Section 5.8 Vote of Members
    12  
 
Section 5.9 Proxies
    12  
 

-i-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
 
    Page  
Section 5.10 Members’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting
    12  
 
Section 5.11 Liability of Parties
    12  
 
Section 5.12 Nature of Obligations between Members
    13  
 
Article VI BOARD OF MANAGERS
    13  
 
Section 6.1 Board of Managers
    13  
 
Section 6.2 Composition of the Board of Managers
    13  
 
Section 6.3 Action by the Board of Managers
    13  
 
Section 6.4 Liability for Certain Acts
    13  
 
Section 6.5 Exclusivity of Duty to Company
    13  
 
Section 6.6 Bank Accounts
    14  
 
Section 6.7 Meetings of the Board of Managers
    14  
 
Section 6.8 Indemnification
    14  
 
Article VII OFFICERS
    15  
 
Section 7.1 Executive Officers
    15  
 
Section 7.2 The Secretary
    15  
 
Section 7.3 The Treasurer
    15  
 
Article VIII ALLOCATIONS; TAX MATTERS
    16  
 
Section 8.1 Allocations of Net Profits and Net Losses from Operations
    16  
 
Section 8.2 Other Allocation Rules
    16  
 
Section 8.3 Curative Allocations
    17  
 
Section 8.4 Treatment of Company
    18  
 
Article IX DISTRIBUTIONS
    18  
 
Section 9.1 Distributions
    18  
 
Section 9.2 Liquidation Distribution
    18  
 
Section 9.3 No Creditor Status
    19  
 
Section 9.4 Limitations on Distribution
    19  
 
Article X DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION
    19  
 
Section 10.1 No Dissolution
    19  
 
Section 10.2 Events Causing Dissolution
    19  
 
Section 10.3 Notice of Dissolution
    19  
 

-ii-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
Section 10.4 Liquidation
    Page  
Section 10.4 Liquidation
    19  
 
Section 10.5 Termination
    20  
 
Section 10.6 Claims of the Holders of Membership Interests
    20  
 
Article XI BOOKS AND RECORDS; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    21  
 
Section 11.1 Books and Records; Financial Statements
    21  
 
Section 11.2 Reporting Requirements
    22  
 
Section 11.3 Tax Decisions
    22  
 
Article XII TRANSFERABILITY
    22  
 
Section 12.1 Transfers of Membership Interests
    22  
 
Article XIII ISSUANCES OF INTERESTS; ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS
    24  
 
Section 13.1 Additional Issuance of Interests
    24  
 
Section 13.2 Admission of New Members
    24  
 
Article XIV MISCELLANEOUS
    25  
 
Section 14.1 Further Assurances
    25  
 
Section 14.2 Notices
    25  
 
Section 14.3 Governing Law
    25  
 
Section 14.4 Headings
    25  
 
Section 14.5 No Third Party Beneficiaries
    25  
 
Section 14.6 Extension Not a Waiver
    25  
 
Section 14.7 Severability
    25  
 
Section 14.8 Assignment
    26  
 
Section 14.9 Consents
    26  
 
Section 14.10 Entire Agreement; Amendment
    26  
 
Section 14.11 Counterparts
    26  
 
Section 14.12 Power of Attorney
    26  
 

-iii-


 

Schedule A            Members
Exhibit A            Certificate of Formation

-iv-


 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF
MOF I BDC LLC
     LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT of MOF I BDC LLC (the “Company”), dated as of May 28, 2010 among Medley Opportunity Fund LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“MOF LP”), Medley Opportunity Fund Ltd., a Cayman Islands limited company (“MOF LTD”), and the Persons who become Members or holders of Membership Interests of the Company in accordance with the provisions hereof and whose names are set forth on Schedule A hereto, as may be amended from time to time.
R-E-C-I-T-A-L-S
     WHEREAS, the Company is engaged in the Investment Business (as defined herein);
     WHEREAS, each of the Members have agreed to contribute cash or other valuable consideration to the Company in return for their respective interests in the Company; and
     WHEREAS, the Members desire to set forth the terms and conditions for the operation of the Company.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements of the parties set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Members hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINED TERMS
     Section 1.1 Definitions. (a) As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:
     “Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means, with respect to any Member, the deficit balance, if any, in such Member’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Company taxable year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:
(i) Credit to such Capital Account any amounts which such Member is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and
(ii) Debit to such Capital Account the items described in Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5) and 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6).
The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

- 1 -


 

     “Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified Person, including Related Persons. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or credit arrangement or otherwise.
     “Agreement” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of MOF I BDC LLC, as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.
     “Board of Managers” has the meaning as set forth in Section 6.1.
     “Business Day” means any day, except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in New York City or the State of Delaware are authorized or directed by law or executive order to close.
     “Capital Account” means, with respect to any Member, the account maintained for such Person in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3.
     “Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Member, the aggregate amount of money and the initial Gross Asset Value of any property (other than money) contributed to the Company by such Member (or such Person’s predecessor in interest) with respect to the Membership Interests of such Person.
     “Certificate” means the Certificate of Formation attached hereto as Exhibit A and any and all amendments thereto and restatements thereof filed on behalf of the Company with the office of the Delaware Secretary of State pursuant to the Delaware Act.
     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and any successor statute, each as amended from time to time.
     “Company Assets” means all of the assets of the Company and any property (real or personal) acquired in exchange therefor or in connection therewith.
     “Company Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth with respect to partnership minimum gain in Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).
     “Delaware Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and any successor statute, each as amended from time to time, except that, for purposes of this Agreement, no provision thereof adopted after the date hereof that would only be applicable to the Company absent a provision in this Agreement to the contrary will be applicable to the Company unless such provision is approved by the Board of Managers.
     “Depreciation” means, for each Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable for federal income tax purposes with respect to an asset for such Fiscal Year or other period; provided, however, that if the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted tax basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Fiscal Year or other period, Depreciation shall be an amount

2


 

that bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction with respect to such asset for such Fiscal Year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; and provided further that, if the adjusted tax basis of an asset for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Fiscal Year or other period is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the Members.
     “Distributable Cash” means, for any Fiscal Year, the cash proceeds from Company operations or investments (including sales and dispositions of Company Assets in the ordinary course of business) net of all Company expenses for such period, less an additional amount reasonably anticipated for the succeeding period to pay, or reserve for, all Company expenses, debt payments, capital improvements, replacements and contingencies in such annual periods, plus any reserves in respect of prior periods, all as determined by the Board of Managers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
     “Fiscal Year” means (i) the period commencing on the Formation Date and ending on December 31, 2010, (ii) any subsequent 12-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31, or (iii) any portion of the period described in clause (ii) of this sentence for which the Company is required to allocate Net Profits, Net Losses and other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Article VIII hereof
     “Formation Date” means April 23, 2010, the date on which the executed Certificate was first filed and recorded with the Delaware Secretary of State in accordance with the Delaware Act.
     “Gross Asset Value” means, with respect to any Company Asset, such asset’s adjusted basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except that the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the fair market value of such asset, and the Gross Asset Values of all Company Assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values, as determined by the Board of Managers, taking Section 7701(g) of the Code into account, except as otherwise provided herein, as of: (i) the date of the acquisition of any additional Membership Interests by any new or existing Member in exchange for services or more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (ii) the date of the distribution of more than a de minimis amount of Company property to a Member; (iii) the date the Membership Interests are relinquished to the Company; or (iv) the date of the termination of the Company under Section 708(b)(1)(B) of the Code; provided, however, that adjustments pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above shall be made only if such adjustments are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board of Managers to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members. Depreciation shall be calculated by reference to Gross Asset Value, instead of tax basis once Gross Asset Value differs from tax basis.
     “Investment Business” means all activities undertaken by the Company or its Subsidiaries in the financial industry including, without limitation, loan origination, loan sales, loan servicing and acquiring, holding and disposing of assets for investment purposes.
     “Majority Vote of the Board of Managers” means the Vote of more than 50% of the Board of Managers.

3


 

     “Majority Vote of the Members” means the Vote or approval by Members holding more than 50% of the Membership Interests.
     “Manager” means a manager appointed to the Board of Managers.
     “Member” means each of MOF LP and MOF LTD and any Person admitted as an additional Member pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, in such Person’s capacity as a Member of the Company.
     “Member Nonrecourse Debt” shall have the meaning set forth with respect to partner nonrecourse debt in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).
     “Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” means an amount, with respect to each Member Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Company Minimum Gain that would result if such Member Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3).
     “Member Nonrecourse Deductions” shall have the meaning set forth with respect to partner nonrecourse deductions in Regulations Sections 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2).
     “Membership Interest” means a share of one or more of the Company’s Net Profits, Net Losses and distributions of the Company’s assets and the right to any and all other benefits to which such Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and in the Delaware Act, but shall not, unless such person is admitted as a Member in accordance with Articles XII or XIII, include any right to participate in the management or affairs of the Company or exercise the rights of the Members set forth in Articles V or XII, including the right to vote on, consent to, or otherwise participate in any decision of the Members or Board of Managers.
     “Net Profits” and “Net Losses” mean, for each Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such year or other period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments: (i) any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Losses shall be added to such taxable income or loss; (ii) any expenditures of the Company described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i) shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss; (iii) gain or loss resulting from any disposition of a property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Gross Asset Value; (iv) in lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, the Company shall compute such deductions based on the Depreciation of a property; (v) if the Gross Asset Value of an asset is adjusted pursuant to the definition of Gross Asset Value (except with respect to Depreciation), then the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain or loss and included in the computation of Net Profits and Net Losses; and (vi) items of Company gross income, gains, deductions and losses

4


 

allocated pursuant to Sections 8.2 and 8.3 shall not be included in the computation of Net Profits and Net Losses.
     “Nonrecourse Liabilities” means “nonrecourse liabilities” as characterized under Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(3). Subject to the foregoing sentence, Nonrecourse Liabilities means liabilities of the Company (or a portion thereof) with respect to which none of the Members bears the economic risk of loss (other than through the Member’s indirect interest as a Member in the Company assets subject to the liability).
     “Nonrecourse Deductions” shall have the meaning set forth in the Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1).
     “Percentage Interest” means the number of Membership Interests held by a particular Member divided by the total number of Membership Interests held by all Members (or a particular class of Membership Interests, as the context requires), reflected as a percentage. The sum of all Percentage Interests shall always be 100%.
     “Permitted Transferee” means the Person or Persons receiving Membership Interests pursuant to Section 12.1(b).
     “Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, syndicate, person (including, without limitation, a “person” as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), trust, association, entity or government, or any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality of a government.
     “Proportionate Share” means the percentage of the total number of Membership Interests that a Person is entitled to purchase or sell pursuant to an option or right set forth in Article XII determined by dividing the Membership Interests owned by a Person by the aggregate number of Membership Interests then owned by such Person and the other Person’s who are entitled to participate in such option or right.
     “Purchaser” means the Person or Persons, including the Company, purchasing Membership Interests in accordance with Article XII.
     “Regulations” means the income tax regulations, including temporary regulations and corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations, promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).
     “Related Persons” means, (i) with respect to any Person who is an individual, members of such Person’s immediate family or his or her spouse, trusts for the benefit of such Person, his or her spouse and members of his or her respective immediate family and (ii) with respect to any Person who is an entity, such entity’s interest holders and members of such interest holder’s immediate family or his or her spouse, trusts for the benefit of such interest holder, his or her spouse and members of his or her respective immediate family.
     “Subsidiary” of any Person means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other legal entity of which such Person (either alone or through or

5


 

together with any other subsidiary), owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the stock or other equity interests the holders of which are generally entitled to Vote for the election of the board of managers or other governing body of such corporation or other legal entity.
     “Transfer” means the voluntary or involuntary sale, assignment, transfer (by gift or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, grant of a participation interest or other disposition or conveyance of legal or beneficial interest, directly or indirectly, whether in one transaction or in a series of related transactions.
     “Transferee” means any Person that is a transferee of Membership Interests in the Company.
     “Transferor” means any Person that proposes to transfer Membership Interests in accordance with Article XII.
     “Trust” means a Member that is a trust.
     “Votes” means the number of votes held by each holder of Membership Interests entitled to exercise voting rights with respect to such Membership Interests.
     Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:
         
Term   Section
Auditors
    11.1 (a)
Board of Managers
    6.1  
Covered Person
    6.8 (a)
Executive Officers
    7.1  
Liquidating Trustee
    10.3  
New Member
    13.2  
Notices
    14.2  
Permitted Transferee
    12.1 (b)
Regulatory Allocations
    8.3  
     Section 1.2 Construction. The headings and subheadings in this Agreement are included for convenience and identification and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof. Whenever the context requires, the gender of all words used in this Agreement includes the masculine, feminine and neutral forms and the singular form of words shall include the plural and vice versa. All references to Articles and Sections refer to articles and sections of this Agreement, and all references to Schedules are to Schedules attached hereto, each of which is made a part hereof for all purposes.

6


 

ARTICLE II
FORMATION AND TERM
     Section 2.1 Formation. (a) The Members hereby confirm the formation of the Company as of the Formation Date as a limited liability company under and pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act and all other pertinent laws of the State of Delaware for the purposes and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. The parties hereto agree that the rights, duties, and liabilities of the Members and the holders of Membership Interests, and any additional Members admitted to the Company in accordance with the terms hereof, shall be as provided in the Delaware Act, except as otherwise provided herein.
          (b) The name and mailing address of each Member shall be listed on Schedule A attached hereto. MOF LP and MOF LTD are hereby admitted as the Members of the Company. Additional Members shall be admitted as Members of the Company pursuant to action taken by the Board of Managers in accordance with Articles XII and XIII. The Board of Managers, or a designee of the Board of Managers, shall update Schedule A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein as known by the Board of Managers, including, without limitation, the admission of new Members, but no such update shall constitute an amendment for purposes of Section 14.10 hereof. Any reference in this Agreement to Schedule A shall be deemed to be a reference to Schedule A as amended and in effect from time to time.
          (c) Each Manager, or a designee of the Board of Managers, is hereby designated as an authorized person, within the meaning of the Delaware Act, to execute, deliver and file, or to cause the execution, delivery and filing of, any amendments or restatements of the Certificate and any other certificates, notices, statements or other instruments (and any amendments or statements thereof) necessary or advisable for the formation of the Company or the operation of the Company in all jurisdictions where the Company may elect to do business, but no such amendment or restatement may be executed, delivered or filed unless adopted in a manner authorized by this Agreement. The holders of Membership Interests promptly shall execute and deliver such documents and perform such acts consistent with the terms of this Agreement as may be reasonably necessary to comply with the requirements of law for the formation, qualification and continuation of existence of a limited liability company under the laws of each jurisdiction in which the Company shall conduct business.
     Section 2.2 Name. The name of the Company is “MOF I BDC LLC” or such other name as the Board of Managers may designate from time to time in compliance with the Delaware Act. The business of the Company shall be conducted in that name or in such other names as the Board of Managers may designate from time to time in compliance with applicable law.
     Section 2.3 Term. The term of the Company commenced on April 23, 2010 (the date the Certificate was first filed in the office of the Delaware Secretary of State in accordance with the Delaware Act) and shall continue in existence until wound up and liquidated as set forth in Article X. The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate in the manner required by the Delaware Act.

7


 

     Section 2.4 Registered Agent and Office. The Company’s registered agent shall be Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware shall be Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. At any time, the Board of Managers may designate another registered agent and/or registered office.
     Section 2.5 Principal Place of Business. The principal place of business of the Company shall be 375 Park Avenue, Suite 3304, New York, New York 10152. Upon 10 days notice to the Members, the Board of Managers may change the location of the Company’s principal place of business, which may be either inside or outside of the State of Delaware.
     Section 2.6 Title to Company Assets. All Company Assets shall be deemed to be owned by the Company as an entity, and no holder of Membership Interests, individually, shall have any direct ownership interest in such Company Assets. Each holder of Membership Interests, to the extent permitted by applicable law, hereby waives its rights to a partition of the assets and, to that end, agrees that it will not seek or be entitled to a partition of any assets, whether by way of physical partition, judicial sale or otherwise, except as otherwise expressly provided in Article IX.
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE AND POWERS OF THE COMPANY
     Section 3.1 Purposes. The purposes of the Company shall be (i) to acquire, own and operate an Investment Business, (ii) to engage in, conduct, carry on and direct all business affairs related to the Investment Business, including, without limitation, employment of personnel, formulation of policies pertaining to operations and organization, determination of overall business policy and strategy and (iii) to engage in any and all lawful activities that are necessary, advisable or incidental to the purposes set forth in this Section 3.1 or which the Board of Managers shall determine to be in the best interests of the holders of Membership Interests.
     Section 3.2 Powers of the Company. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, the Company will possess and may exercise all of the powers and privileges granted to it by the Delaware Act, by any other law or this Agreement, together with all powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion, or attainment of the purposes of the Company set forth in Section 3.1
     Section 3.3 Maintenance of Separate Existence. The Company shall do all things necessary to maintain its limited liability company existence separate and apart from the existence of each holder of Membership Interests and any Affiliate of each holder of Membership Interests, including maintaining the Company’s books and records on a current basis separate from that of any Affiliate of the Company or any other Person. In furtherance, and not in limitation, of the foregoing, the Company shall (i) maintain or cause to be maintained by an agent under the Company’s control physical possession of all its books and records, (ii) account for and manage all of its liabilities separately from those of any other Person, including

8


 

payment by it of administrative expenses and taxes from its own assets and (iii) identify or cause to be identified separately all its assets from those of any other Person.
ARTICLE IV
ACQUISITION OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS;
CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; LOANS
     Section 4.1 Membership Interests. Effective as of the date hereof, the Members shall own the Membership Interests set forth on Schedule A attached hereto. A separate Capital Account will be maintained for each holder of Membership Interests.
     Section 4.2 Status of Capital Contributions. (a) Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, no holder of Membership Interests shall receive any interest, salary or drawing with respect to its Capital Contributions or its Capital Account or otherwise in its capacity as a holder of Membership Interests. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or with the prior approval of the Board of Managers, no holder of Membership Interests will be permitted to borrow from the Company, make an early withdrawal of or demand or receive a return of any Capital Contributions. Under circumstances requiring a return of any Capital Contributions, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no holder of Membership Interests will have the right to receive property other than cash.
          (b) Each holder’s Membership Interest in the Company shall, except as otherwise provided by law, this Agreement, or the Board of Managers, be fully paid and nonassessable. Should the Board of Managers determine that the Members are to make additional capital contributions, but not all Members contribute their pro rata share, the Percentage Interests of the contributing Members shall be increased in a proportionate and equitable manner and the Percentage Interests of the non-contributing Members shall be decreased in a proportionate and equitable manner.
     Section 4.3 Capital Accounts. A Capital Account shall be established and maintained for each holder of Membership Interests as required by Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) and 1.704-1(b)(4) of the Regulations:
          (a) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Capital Account of holders of Membership Interests will be increased by:
          (i) The amount of money contributed by the holders of Membership Interests to the Company;
          (ii) The Gross Asset Value of property contributed by the holders of Membership Interests to the Company;
          (iii) Allocations to the holders of Membership Interests of Net Profits; and
          (iv) Allocations to the holders of Membership Interests of income described in Code Section 705(a)(1)(B).

9


 

          (b) The Capital Account of the holders of Membership Interests will be decreased by:
          (i) The amount of money distributed to the holders of Membership Interests by the Company;
          (ii) The Gross Asset Value of property distributed to the holders of Membership Interests by the Company;
          (iii) Allocations to the holders of Membership Interests of Net Losses;
          (iv) Allocations to the holders of Membership Interests of expenditures described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B); and
          (v) Allocations to the account of the holders of Membership Interests of Company loss and deduction as set forth in the relevant Regulations, taking into account adjustments to reflect book value.
          (c) In the event of a permitted sale or exchange of Membership Interests in the Company, the Capital Account of the Transferor shall become the Capital Account of the Transferee to the extent it relates to the transferred Membership Interests in accordance with Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) of the Regulations.
          (d) If, in the opinion of the Company’s accountants, the manner in which Capital Accounts are to be maintained pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 4.3 is required to be modified to comply with Code Section 704(b) and the Regulations, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the preceding provisions of this Section 4.3, the method in which Capital Accounts are maintained shall be so modified; provided,however, that any change in the manner of maintaining Capital Accounts shall not materially alter the economic agreement between or among the Members.
          (e) Upon liquidation of the Company, liquidating distributions will be made in accordance with Section 10.4. Liquidation proceeds will be paid by the end of the taxable year (or, if later, within 90 days after the date of the liquidation). The Company may offset damages for a judicially and finally determined breach of this Agreement by a holder of Membership Interests whose interest is liquidated (either upon the withdrawal of the Member (to the extent permitted by this Agreement) or the liquidation of the Company) against the amount otherwise distributable to the holder of Membership Interests.
          (f) Except as otherwise required in the Delaware Act, no holder of Membership Interests shall have any liability to restore all or any portion of a deficit balance in the holder’s Capital Account.
          (g) A holder of Membership Interests shall not receive out of the Company’s property any part of such Person’s Capital Contribution until all liabilities of the Company, except liabilities to holders of Membership Interests on account of their Capital Contributions, have been paid or there remains property of the Company sufficient to pay them.

10


 

     Section 4.4 Loans. Any Member may make loans to the Company to the extent requested by the Board of Managers and required to fund operations in excess of Capital Contributions, if any, made to the Company pursuant to this Article IV. Such loans shall be on terms no less favorable to the Company than would be available from non-Affiliated parties, as agreed to by the Board of Managers, and the loans may be secured or unsecured as the Board of Managers and such Member shall agree.
ARTICLE V
RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF MEMBERS
     Section 5.1 Membership Interests. A Person’s interest in the Company shall be represented by the Membership Interests held by such Person. Subject to the rights of the Board of Managers in accordance with Article XIII, all Membership Interests shall have identical rights in all respects as all other Membership Interests. The number of Membership Interests shall be set forth on Schedule A attached hereto. No provisions regarding the right to vote on, consent to, or otherwise participate in any decision of the Members or Board of Managers shall be interpreted or construed to include such rights for a holder of Membership Interests who has not been admitted as a Member. Each holder of Membership Interests hereby agrees that such Person’s interest in the Company and in the Membership Interests shall for all purposes be personal property.
     Section 5.2 Power of Members. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Members shall take no part in the management of the business or transact any business for the Company and shall have no power to sign for or bind the Company solely in their capacity as Members; provided, however, that the Members shall have the approval and consent rights as described in this Agreement and as provided under the Delaware Act. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, with respect to any action of the Company submitted by the Board of Managers to a Vote of the Members, the Members entitled to Vote may Vote or refrain from voting for or against any such action of the Company, in such Member’s sole and absolute discretion, considering such factors as such Member desires, including such Member’s own interests or the direction of any other Person, and such Member shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factor affecting the Company or any other Person.
     Section 5.3 Place of Meetings. Annual and special meetings of the Members will be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Managers and stated in the notice of meeting. The Company shall not be required to hold Annual Meetings except as determined by the Board of Managers from time to time.
     Section 5.4 Meetings. A meeting of the Members may be called at any time and for any purpose or purposes by any Manager.
     Section 5.5 Notice of Meetings. A written notice of the place, date and hour of each meeting, whether annual or special, will be given personally or by first class mail, or by nationally recognized overnight delivery service, to each Member entitled to Vote thereat, not fewer than 10 days nor more than 50 days prior to the meeting. The notice of any regular or special meeting will also state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. No other

11


 

matters may be transacted at any special meeting other than that specified in such notice. If such notice is mailed or sent by overnight delivery service, it will be directed to the Member in a postage-prepaid envelope at such Member’s address as it appears on the record of Members, or, if a Member had filed with the Secretary a written request that notices to such Member be sent to some other address, then directed to such Member at such other address. If such notice is mailed, it shall be deemed delivered two calendar days after being deposited in the United States mail.
     Section 5.6 Waiver of Notice. Notice of any annual or special meeting of Members need not be given to any Member who submits a written waiver of notice with the Secretary, signed in person or by proxy, whether before or after the meeting. The attendance of any Member at a meeting, in person or by proxy, without protesting prior to the conclusion of the meeting the lack of notice of such meeting, will constitute a waiver of notice by such Member.
     Section 5.7 Quorum and Adjournment. Except as otherwise provided by statute or this Agreement, at all meetings of Members, whether annual or special, the holders of 60% of the Membership Interests entitled to Vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, will be required for and will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, Votes cast by the holders of 60% of the Membership Interests who are entitled to Vote, may adjourn the meeting from time to time. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum will be present, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. No notice of an adjourned meeting need be given if the time and place to which the meeting is adjourned are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. If after the adjournment, however, the Board of Managers fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting will be given to each Member.
     Section 5.8 Vote of Members. Each Member holding Membership Interests will be entitled at every meeting of Members to one vote. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Majority Vote of the Members shall be required to constitute the act of the Members on any matter put before the Members.
     Section 5.9 Proxies. Each Holder of Membership Interests entitled to Vote at a meeting of Members or to express consent or dissent without a meeting may authorize another Person or Persons to act for such Member by proxy. Each proxy is revocable at the pleasure of the Member executing it, except in those cases where a proxy is made irrevocable and an irrevocable proxy is permitted by law.
     Section 5.10 Members’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Any action of the Members may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a Vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by holders of the Membership Interests having not less than the minimum number of Votes necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which the holders of Membership Interests entitled to Vote thereon were present and Voted.
     Section 5.11 Liability of Parties. No Member shall be liable to the Company or to any other Member for (i) the performance, or the omission to perform, any act or duty on behalf of the Company if such conduct did not constitute fraud, gross negligence or reckless or intentional misconduct, (ii) the termination of the Company and this Agreement pursuant to the terms

12


 

hereof, or (iii) the performance, or the omission to perform, on behalf of the Company any act in reliance on advice of legal counsel, accountants or other professional advisors to the Company.
     Section 5.12 Nature of Obligations between Members. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute any Member an agent or legal representative of any other Member or to create any fiduciary relationship for any purpose whatsoever, apart from such obligations between the members of a limited liability company as may be created by the Delaware Act. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, a Member shall not have any authority to act for, or to assume any obligation or responsibility on behalf of, any other Member or the Company.
ARTICLE VI
BOARD OF MANAGERS
     Section 6.1 Board of Managers. The business and affairs of the Company shall be controlled, directed and managed by a board of managers (the “Board of Managers”).
     Section 6.2 Composition of the Board of Managers. The Board of Managers initially shall be composed of three Managers. At all times, there will be three Managers on the Board of Managers that have been appointed by the Members. Should any such Manager appointed by the Members cease to be on the Board of Managers for whatever reason, the Members shall appoint a replacement Manager so that there are a total of three Managers on the Board of Managers that have been appointed by the Members. Currently, the three Managers selected by the Members are Andrew Fentress, Brook Taube and Seth Taube. The size of the Board of Managers can be changed at any time as determined by the Board of Managers; provided that at all times there shall be no less than three Managers and no more than nine Managers.
     Section 6.3 Action by the Board of Managers. Each Manager shall have one Vote. All decisions of the Board of Managers shall be made by a Majority Vote of the Board of Managers.
     Section 6.4 Liability for Certain Acts. Managers shall perform their duties in good faith, in a manner they reasonably believe to be in the best interests of the Company, with such care as an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. A Manager who so performs his duties shall not have any liability by reason of being or having been a member of the Board of Managers of the Company. The Board of Managers does not, in any way, guarantee the return of Capital Contributions or a profit for the holders of Membership Interests from the operations of the Company. No Manager shall be liable to the Company or to any holder of Membership Interests for any loss or damage sustained by the Company or any holder of Membership Interests, unless the loss or damage shall have been the result of fraud, deceit, gross negligence, willful misconduct or a wrongful taking.
     Section 6.5 Exclusivity of Duty to Company. (a) Except as otherwise provided herein or in any other agreement relating to the Company, no Manager shall be required to manage the Company as his sole and exclusive function and such Person may have other business interests and may engage in other activities in addition to those relating to the Company. Neither the

13


 

Company nor any holder of Membership Interests shall have any right, by virtue of this Agreement, to share or participate in such other investments or activities or to the income or proceeds derived therefrom. Managers shall not incur any liability to the Company or to any of the holders of Membership Interests as a result of engaging in any other business or venture.
     Section 6.6 Bank Accounts. The Board of Managers may from time to time open bank accounts in the name of the Company, and the Managers shall each be signatories thereon, unless the Board of Managers determines otherwise.
     Section 6.7 Meetings of the Board of Managers. Regular Meetings of the Board of Managers shall be held quarterly on the first business day after the 10th day of each of January, April, July and October. Special meetings of the Board of Managers may be called by any Manager on five (5) days notice to each Manager, either personally, by mail, by telegram, by telex or by facsimile transmission. Any notice may be given by the Secretary or the Manager calling such meeting and shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting unless otherwise required by this Agreement.
     Section 6.8 Indemnification. (a) The Company shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Company), or any appeal thereof by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a member of the Board of Managers, a Member or any of their respective officers, directors, managers, trustees, partners, or members (any such Person, a “Covered Person”), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually incurred by such Covered Person in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such action, suit or proceeding if such Covered Person did not act in bad faith or fraudulently and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Covered Person’s conduct was unlawful.
          (b) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company authorized in this Section 6.8. In addition, any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in enforcing their right to indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.8 shall be paid by the Company upon a determination in favor of such Covered Person.
          (c) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 6.8 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law, agreement, or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.
          (d) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Covered Person against any liability asserted against such Covered Person and incurred by such

14


 

          Covered Person in any such capacity, or arising out of such Covered Person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under this Section 6.8.
          (e) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 6.8 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to be a member of the Board of Managers, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Covered Person.
          (f) The Company may, but is not obligated to, provide the indemnification rights set forth in this Section 6.8 to officers, employees, or agents of the Company (including any Person who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise).
ARTICLE VII
OFFICERS
     Section 7.1 Executive Officers. The Board of Managers shall have the power to appoint a President and one or more Vice Presidents who shall act as executive officers of the Company (the “Executive Officers”). The President and the Vice Presidents shall have such powers and will perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to them by the Board of Managers.
     Section 7.2 The Secretary. The Secretary will attend all meetings of the Members and the Board of Managers, and will record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Secretary will attend to the giving of notice of all meetings of the Members and Board of Managers, have custody of the company seal and, when authorized by the Board of Managers, will have authority to affix the same to any instrument and, when so affixed, it will be attested by the Secretary’s signature or by the signature of the President, the Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer. The Secretary will keep an account for all books, documents, papers and records of the Company, except those for which some other officer or agent is properly accountable. The Secretary will generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of Secretary of a limited liability company. In the absence of the Secretary, such Person as will be designated by the Board of Managers will perform his duties.
     Section 7.3 The Treasurer. The Treasurer will have the care and custody of all funds of the Company and will deposit the same in such banks or other depositories as the Board of Managers, or any executive officer or officers, duly authorized by the Board of Managers, will from time to time direct or approve. The Treasurer will keep a full and accurate account of all funds received and paid on account of the Company, and will render a statement of accounts whenever the Board of Managers or an Executive Officer requires. The Treasurer will perform all other necessary acts and duties in connection with the administration of the financial affairs of the Company, and will generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of

15


 

Treasurer of a limited liability company. In the absence of the Treasurer, such Person as will be designated by the Board of Managers will perform the duties of Treasurer.
ARTICLE VIII
ALLOCATIONS; TAX MATTERS
     Section 8.1 Allocations of Net Profits and Net Losses from Operations. Except as may be required by Code Section 704(c) and the underlying Regulations, Net Profit and Net Loss of the Company shall be allocated for book and tax purposes among the holders of Membership Interests in accordance with, and in proportion to, their respective Percentage Interests.
     Section 8.2 Other Allocation Rules. (a) Notwithstanding any provisions of Article VIII, the following special allocations shall be made in the following order:
          (i) Minimum Gain Chargeback (Nonrecourse Liabilities). If there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain for any Fiscal Year, the minimum gain chargeback requirement described in Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and (g) shall apply.
          (ii) Minimum Gain Chargeback (Member Nonrecourse Debt). If there is a net decrease in a holders of Membership Interest’s Nonrecourse Debt minimum Gain during any Fiscal Year, any holders of Membership Interests with a share of that nonrecourse debt minimum gain (determined under Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5)) as of the beginning of the Fiscal Year must be allocated items of income and gain for the Fiscal Year (and, if necessary, for succeeding Fiscal Year) equal to that holders of Membership Interest’s share of the net decrease in the nonrecourse debt minimum gain in accordance with Regulations Section 1304-2(i).
          (iii) Qualified Income Offset. In the event any holders of Membership Interests unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation, or distribution described in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5), or (6), which adjustment, allocation, or distribution creates or increases a Member’s Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, items of Company income and gain shall be specially allocated to that holders of Membership Interests in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate that deficit balance so created or increased as quickly as possible. This Section 8.2 (iii) is intended to constitute a “qualified income offset” under Regulations Section 1.704.1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
          (iv) Gross Income Allocation. In the event any Member has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any Company taxable year in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Member is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) and (ii) the amount such Member is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain (consisting of a pro rata portion of each item of Company income and gain) as quickly as possible to eliminate such excess Capital Account deficit, provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 8.2(iv) will be made

16


 

if and only to the extent that such Member would have a Capital Account deficit in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Article VIII have been tentatively made as if Section 8.2(iii) and this Section 8.2(iv) were not in the Agreement.
          (v) Stop Loss. No items of loss or deduction will be allocated to any Member to the extent that any such allocation would cause the Member to have (or increase the amount of) an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at the end of any Company taxable year. All items of loss or deduction in excess of the limitation set forth in this Section 8.2(v) shall be allocated among such other Members, which do not have such Adjusted Capital Account Deficit balances, pro rata, in proportion to their Percentage Interests, until no Member may be allocated any such items of loss or deduction without having or increasing such an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit balance. Thereafter, any remaining items of loss or deduction shall be allocated to the Members, pro rata, in proportion to their relative aggregate Percentage Interests.
          (vi) Basis Adjustment. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any property is required, pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated among the Members in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Regulations.
          (vii) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated to the holders of Membership Interests in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests. If the Board of Managers determines in its good faith discretion that nonrecourse deductions for any Fiscal Year must be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Regulations promulgated under Code Section 704(b), any Manager is authorized to revise the prescribed ratio for such Fiscal Year to the numerically closest ratio that satisfies such requirements.
          (viii) Member Nonrecourse Deductions. Any Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year or other applicable period shall be specially allocated to the Member that bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Member Nonrecourse Debt to which such Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable (as determined under Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4) and (i)(1)).
          (b) If the number of Membership Interests owned changes during a Fiscal Year, all items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit allocable to any Membership Interests shall be allocated among the Members for such Fiscal Year in a reasonable manner, as determined by the Board of Managers, that takes into account the varying Membership Interests of such Members in the Company during such taxable year in accordance with Section 706 of the Code.
     Section 8.3 Curative Allocations. The allocations set forth in Section 8.2 (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of the Regulations.

17


 

It is the intent of the Members that, to the extent possible, all Regulatory Allocations shall be offset either with other Regulatory Allocations or with special allocations of other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to this Section 8.3. Therefore, notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VIII (other than the Regulatory Allocations), Board of Managers shall make such offsetting special allocations of Company income, gain, loss or deduction, in whatever manner it determines appropriate, so that, after such offsetting allocations are made, each Member’s Capital Account balance is, to the extent possible, equal to the Capital Account balance such Member would have had if the Regulatory Allocations were not contained in this Agreement and all Company items were allocated pursuant to this Article VIII without regard to the Regulatory Allocations. In exercising its discretion under this Section 8.3, the Board of Managers shall take into account future Regulatory Allocations under Sections 8.2(a)(i) and 8.2(a)(ii) that, although not yet made, are likely to offset other Regulatory Allocations previously made under Sections 8.2(a)(vii) and 8.2(a)(viii).
     Section 8.4 Treatment of Company. The Members intend that the Company will be treated as a partnership, rather than an association taxable as a corporation, for federal income tax purposes, and shall make no election, and no Member shall make any such election, under Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-3(c) to be treated otherwise.
ARTICLE IX
DISTRIBUTIONS
     Section 9.1 Distributions. (a) In the sole discretion of the Board of Managers, the Company may, from time to time, make discretionary distributions of Distributable Cash with respect to a Fiscal Year, which distributions shall be made to the Members in accordance with and in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.
          (b) All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provision of any state or local tax law with respect to any payment, distribution or allocation by the Company to the holders of Membership Interests shall be treated as amounts distributed to the holders of Membership Interests pursuant to this Article IX for all purposes of this Agreement. The Board of Managers is authorized and directed to withhold from distributions to the holders of Membership Interests and to pay over to any federal, state or local government any amounts required to be so withheld pursuant to the Code or any provision of any other federal, state or local law and shall allocate such amounts to those holders of Membership Interests with respect to which such amounts were withheld. Promptly upon learning of any requirement under any provision of the Code or any other applicable law requiring the Company to withhold any sum from a distribution to a holder of Membership Interests or to make any payment to any taxing authority in respect of such holder of Membership Interests, the Company shall give written notice to such holder of Membership Interests of such requirement, and if practicable and if requested by such holder of Membership Interests, shall cooperate with such holder of Membership Interests in all lawful respects to minimize or to eliminate any such withholding or payment.
     Section 9.2 Liquidation Distribution. Distributions made upon liquidation of the Company shall be made as provided in Section 10.4.

18


 

     Section 9.3 No Creditor Status. A holder of Membership Interests shall not have the status of, and is not entitled to the remedies available to, a creditor of the Company with regard to distributions that such holder of Membership Interests becomes entitled to receive pursuant to this Agreement and the Delaware Act.
     Section 9.4 Limitations on Distribution. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a distribution to any holder of Membership Interests on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Delaware Act or other applicable law.
ARTICLE X
DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION
     Section 10.1 No Dissolution. The Company shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Members in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
     Section 10.2 Events Causing Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
          (i) the determination of the Board of Managers as provided in Article VI;
          (ii) the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company; or
          (iii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under the Delaware Act.
     Section 10.3 Notice of Dissolution. Upon the dissolution of the Company, the Person or Persons approved by the Board of Managers to carry out the winding up of the Company (the “Liquidating Trustee”) shall promptly notify the holders of Membership Interests of such dissolution.
     Section 10.4 Liquidation. Upon dissolution of the Company, the Liquidating Trustee shall immediately commence to wind up the Company’s affairs; provided, however, that a reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly liquidation of the assets of the Company and the satisfaction of liabilities to creditors so as to enable the holders of Membership Interests to minimize the normal losses attendant upon a liquidation. The holders of Membership Interests shall continue to share Net Profits and Net Losses during liquidation in the same proportions, as specified in Article VIII hereof, as before liquidation. Each holder of Membership Interests shall be furnished with a statement prepared by the Company’s certified public accountants that shall set forth the assets and liabilities of the Company as of the date of dissolution. Each holder of Membership Interests shall pay to the Company all amounts then owing by such Person to the Company. The proceeds of liquidation shall be distributed, as realized, in the following order and priority:
          (i) First, to creditors of the Company (including holders of Membership Interests that are creditors to the extent otherwise permitted by law), in

19


 

satisfaction of the liabilities of the Company (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof), other than liabilities for distributions to holders of Membership Interests;
          (ii) Thereafter, the balance, if any, to the holders of Membership Interests in proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances after giving effect to Capital Account adjustments for the Company taxable year in which the liquidating event occurs (other than those from the liquidating distribution made pursuant to this Section 10.4(ii)).
It is intended that such distributions under Section 10.4(ii) will result in the Members receiving aggregate distributions in the order of and equal to the amount of distributions that would have been received if the liquidating distributions were made in accordance with Percentage Interests. However, if the balances in the Capital Accounts do not result in such intention being satisfied, constituent items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be reallocated among the Members for the year of the liquidation, to the extent permissible under Code Section 704(b) (and, if necessary and permissible under Code Section 704(b), for prior Company taxable years for which the deadline (determined without extensions) for the filing of the Company’s federal income tax return has not passed), so as to cause the balances in the Capital Accounts to be in the amounts necessary to assure that such result is achieved. To the extent that the holders of Membership Interests determine that any or all of the assets of the Company shall be sold, such assets shall be sold as promptly as possible, but in a business-like and commercially reasonable manner. For purposes of making the liquidating distributions required by this Section 10.4, the Liquidating Trustee shall, at the direction of the Board of Managers, distribute all or any portion of the assets of the Company in kind or to sell all or any portion of the assets of the Company and distribute the proceeds therefrom. If any property or assets of the Company are to be distributed in kind to the holders of Membership Interests, (i) the Capital Accounts of the holders of Membership Interests shall be adjusted to reflect the amount, if any, of unrealized gain or loss with respect to such property, as though such property had been sold for its fair market value and any gain or loss allocated among the holders of Membership Interests in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) such property will be distributed in such a manner that each holder of Membership Interests will receive such Person’s proportionate interest in each of the assets available for such distribution; that is to say, each holder of Membership Interests shall receive an undivided interest, corresponding to the proportion to which it is entitled pursuant to this Section 10.4, in all interests in real estate and leaseholds and other indivisible properties, as nearly as practicable, of each divisible asset.
     Section 10.5 Termination. The Company shall terminate when all of the Company Assets, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company, shall have been distributed to the holders of Membership Interests in the manner provided for in this Article X, and the Certificate shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Delaware Act.
     Section 10.6 Claims of the Holders of Membership Interests. The holders of Membership Interests shall look solely to the Company’s assets for the return of their Capital Contributions, and if the assets of the Company remaining after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company are insufficient to return such Capital

20


 

Contributions, the holders of Membership Interests shall have no recourse against the Company, the Board of Managers or any other holder of Membership Interests or any other Person. No holder of Membership Interests with a negative balance in such holder’s Capital Account shall have any obligation to the Company or to the other holders of Membership Interests or to any creditor or other Person to restore such negative balance upon dissolution or termination of the Company or otherwise.
ARTICLE XI
BOOKS AND RECORDS; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     Section 11.1 Books and Records; Financial Statements. (a) At all times during the continuance of the Company, the Company shall maintain, at its principal place of business, separate books of account for the Company that shall show a true and accurate record of all costs and expenses incurred, all charges made, all credits made and received and all income derived in connection with the operation of the Company business on an accrual basis. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary of the Delaware Act, such books of account, together with a certified copy of this Agreement and of the Certificate, shall at all times be maintained at the principal place of business of the Company and shall be open to inspection and examination at reasonable times by each holder of Membership Interests and its duly authorized representatives for any purpose reasonably related to such holder’s interest in the Company. In addition to the other rights specifically set forth in this Agreement, each holder of Membership Interests shall have access to all information to which a holder of Membership Interests is entitled to have access pursuant to the Delaware Act and such other information regarding the Company and its business and affairs as such Person may reasonably request from time to time. The books of account and the records of the Company shall be examined by and reported upon as of the end of each Fiscal Year by a firm of independent certified public accountants that shall be selected by the Board of Managers (the “Auditors”).
          (b) The Company shall prepare and maintain, or cause to be prepared and maintained, the books of account of the Company and the following financial information, prepared, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) below, together with an operating report in a form to be determined by the Board of Managers analyzing such information, shall be transmitted by the Company to each holder of Membership Interests. Within 120 days after the close of each Fiscal Year, the following financial statements, examined by and certified to by the Auditors:
          (i) the balance sheet of the Company as of the close of such Fiscal Year;
          (ii) a statement of Company Net Profits and Net Losses for such Fiscal Year;
          (iii) a statement of the Company’s cash flows for such Fiscal Year; and
          (iv) a statement of each holder’s Capital Account as of the close of such Fiscal Year, and changes therein during such Fiscal Year.

21


 

          (c) Each holder of Membership Interests shall provide the Board of Managers upon request tax basis information about contributed assets and other tax information reasonably requested by the Board of Managers.
     Section 11.2 Reporting Requirements. The Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Board of Managers and each holder of Membership Interests:
          (a) Promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all reports that the Company sends to any of its creditors, and copies of all tax returns that the Company files with any federal or state taxing authority; and
          (b) Within 15 days of the filing of the Company’s federal tax return (federal Form 1065), a copy of Schedule K-l of federal Form 1065 reporting the holder’s allocable share of Net Profits, Net Losses and other items of Company income, gain, deductions or loss for such Fiscal Year, and, from time to time, such additional information as the holder of Membership Interests may reasonably require for tax purposes.
     Section 11.3 Tax Decisions.
     (a) The Company shall file as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. All decisions for the Company relating to tax matters including, without limitation, whether to make any tax elections, the positions to be taken on the Company’s tax returns and the settlement or further contest or litigation of any audit matters raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority, shall be taken by the Board of Managers. The Board of Managers shall designate the “tax matters partner” within the meaning of Code Section 6231(a)(7). The Company’s tax matters partner may cause the Company to elect, pursuant to Section 754 of the Code, to adjust the tax basis of the Company’s assets.
ARTICLE XII
TRANSFERABILITY
     Section 12.1 Transfers of Membership Interests. (a) Except as set forth in this Article XII, no Transfer or offer to Transfer may be made by any holder of Membership Interests of all or any part of such Person’s Membership Interests in the Company. A Transfer of all of a Member’s Membership Interests shall terminate the Transferor’s status as a Member and the remaining Members are hereby authorized to continue the business of the Company without dissolution.
          (b) Subject to the provisions of this Section 12.1, Transfers by the holders of Membership Interests only shall be permitted as follows:
          (i) Each Member shall have, and at all times, retain the right to Transfer all or any portion of such Member’s Membership Interests to a Related Person, to an Affiliate or to a Trust for the benefit of a Related Person;
          (ii) Upon the death of any holder of Membership Interests, such Membership Interests may be transferred to the beneficiaries of such deceased holder of

22


 

Membership Interests pursuant to laws of descent and distribution if the beneficiary is a Person specified in clause (i) above; and
          (iii) A Transfer otherwise made pursuant to the provisions of this Article XII.
     The Person or Persons acquiring Membership Interests pursuant to the terms of this Article XII shall be referred to hereinafter individually as a “Permitted Transferee” and collectively as “Permitted Transferees.”
          (c) A Transfer of Membership Interests in the Company shall be effective only upon satisfaction of the following conditions:
          (i) The Membership Interests were acquired by a Transferee by means of a Transfer permitted under this Article XII;
          (ii) The Transferee executes such documents and instruments as the Company may reasonably request as necessary or appropriate to confirm such Transfer, and such Transferee executes a joinder agreement agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof; and
          (iii) The Transferee has paid all reasonable expenses incurred by the Company in connection with such Transfer, including, but not limited to, the cost of the preparation, filing and publishing of any amendment to the Company’s certificate of formation, as necessary, or any other amendments to this Agreement or other documents or filings and any legal or accounting fees.
          (d) A Permitted Transferee shall be admitted as a Member only with the written consent of the Board of Managers in its sole and absolute discretion unless a Permitted Transferee is a Related Person, an Affiliate of the Transferor or a Trust for the benefit of a Related Person or a Member. Unless admitted as a Member, a Permitted Transferee shall solely have the right to receive allocations of Net Profit and Net Loss pursuant to Article VIII, distributions pursuant to Articles IX and X and reports pursuant to Article XI and shall not have any other rights as a Member, including, without limitation the right to Vote or purchase Membership Interests pursuant to Article XII; provided, however, that such holder of Membership Interests shall be bound by all of the obligations of the Members set forth in this Agreement, including without limitation, the obligations to sell such Person’s Membership Interests in accordance with Article XII.
          (e) No Transfer of Membership Interests, or any part thereof; that is in violation of this Article XII, shall be valid or effective against, or shall bind, the Company and neither the Company nor the Members shall recognize the same for the purpose of making allocations, Distributions or other payments pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Membership Interests or part thereof. Neither the Company nor the non-transferring Members shall incur any liability as a result of refusing to make any such distributions to the Transferee of any such invalid Transfer, or any other Person, and no such purported Transferee shall have any right to receive allocations or payments of any Net Profits or Net Losses or distributions.

23


 

ARTICLE XIII
ISSUANCES OF INTERESTS; ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS
     Section 13.1 Additional Issuance of Interests. (a) The Board of Managers is authorized to cause the Company to issue Membership Interests in addition to those issued pursuant Section 4.1 at any time or from time to time to any Person who may be a Member or to other Persons and to admit them to the Company as Members without any further consent of the Members. The Board of Managers shall have sole and complete discretion in determining the consideration and terms and conditions with respect to any future issuance of Membership Interests and may issue such Membership Interests in one or more classes or one or more series of such classes, with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties, as shall be fixed by the Board of Managers in the exercise of its sole and complete discretion, including, without limitation, (i) the allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses to each such class or series of Membership Interests; (ii) the rights and powers of each such class or series of Membership Interests, which rights and powers may be superior or inferior to those of existing Members; (iii) the rights of each such class or series of Membership Interests upon dissolution and liquidation of the Company; (iv) the price at which and the terms and conditions, if any, upon which each such class or series of Membership Interests of the Company may be redeemed by the Company; (v) rights and powers which are superior or inferior to those of existing Members; (vi) the right to Vote as a separate class or group on specified matters by amendment of this Agreement; and (vii) the right of each such class or series of Membership Interests to Vote on Company matters. Notwithstanding the foregoing, should the Board of Managers determine to raise additional capital through the issuance of any additional Membership Interests, each Member shall have the pre-emptive right to purchase its Proportionate Share of all such additional Membership Interests. Should a Member not purchase its Proportionate Share of all such additional Membership Interests either because of his decision to not purchase his Proportionate Share, his Percentage Interest in the Company shall be reduced accordingly.
          (b) The Board of Managers shall have the right to amend, or cause the Executive Officers to amend, any provision of this Agreement and to execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file, publish and record such documents as the Executive Officers may in their sole discretion determine to be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith in order to reflect the authorization and issuance of each such class or series of Membership Interests. The Board of Managers may authorize the Executive Officers to do all things it deems to be appropriate or necessary to comply with the Delaware Act and is authorized and directed to do all things it deems to be necessary or advisable in connection with any such future issuance, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency.
     Section 13.2 Admission of New Members. Additional Persons (other than Transferees of Members who shall be admitted as new Members pursuant to Section 12.1) may be admitted to the Company as Members (“New Members”) at such time as all conditions to their admission have been satisfied, as determined by the Board of Managers.

24


 

ARTICLE XIV
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 14.1 Further Assurances. Each holder of Membership Interests agrees to execute, acknowledge, deliver, file, record and publish such further certificates, amendments to certificates, instruments and documents, and do all such other acts and things as may be required by law, or as may be required to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.
     Section 14.2 Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder (collectively, “Notices”) shall be in writing, signed by the party giving such notice and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by telecopy or by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested, with postage prepaid), to the respective parties at the addresses noted in Schedule A. Any holder of Membership Interests may designate another addressee (and/or change its address) for Notices hereunder by a Notice given pursuant to this Section 14.2.
     Section 14.3 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflict of laws rule or principle that may refer the governance, construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state.
     Section 14.4 Headings. All titles or captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
     Section 14.5 No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assigns, and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable rights benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever.
     Section 14.6 Extension Not a Waiver. No delay or omission in the exercise of any power, remedy or right herein provided or otherwise available to a party or the Company shall impair or affect the right of such party or the Company thereafter to exercise the same. Any extension of time or other indulgence granted to a party hereunder shall not otherwise alter or affect any power, remedy or right of any other party or of the Company, or the obligations of the party to whom such extension or indulgence is granted.
     Section 14.7 Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

25


 

     Section 14.8 Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by operation of law or otherwise without the express written consent of the Members except as permitted in Article XII.
     Section 14.9 Consents. Any consent or approval to any act or matter required under this Agreement must be in writing and shall apply only with respect to the particular act or matter to which such consent or approval is given, and shall not relieve any holder of Membership Interests from the obligation to obtain the consent or approval, as applicable, wherever required under this Agreement to any other act or matter.
     Section 14.10 Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement (including the schedules and exhibits hereto) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and all prior oral or written agreements relative hereto which are not contained herein are terminated. Except as contemplated by Article XIII, this Agreement may be amended by unanimous written agreement of all of the holders of Membership Interests. Amendments, variations, modifications or changes herein may be made effective and binding upon the parties by, and only by, the setting forth of same in a document duly executed in accordance with the foregoing, and any alleged amendment, variation, modification or change herein which is not so documented shall not be effective as to any party.
     Section 14.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile transmission), and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
     Section 14.12 Power of Attorney. Each holder of Membership Interests hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints (a) each Manager and (b) any substitute that the Board of Managers may appoint to act in their place as such Person’s true and lawful representative and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his such Person’s name, place and stead, to make, execute, acknowledge, deliver, swear to, record, file and publish with respect to the Company any and all instruments, documents and certificates (including the Certificate of Formation, any amendments thereto and a certificate of cancellation) which, from time to time, may be required by the laws of the United States of America, the State of Delaware, or any other state in which the Company shall determine to do business or any political subdivision or agency thereof. The foregoing grant of authority is a special power of attorney coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the subsequent death, disability, insanity or incapacity (or, in the case of a Member that is a corporation, association, partnership, joint venture or trust, the subsequent merger, dissolution or other termination of the existence) of such Member. The special power of attorney may be exercised on behalf of a Member by a facsimile signature.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

26


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement or have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers, in each case as of the date first above stated.
             
    MEMBERS:    
 
           
    Medley Opportunity Fund LP    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Andrew Fentress
 
   
    Name: Andrew Fentress    
    Title: Member of Investment Committee    
 
           
    Medley Opportunity Fund Ltd.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Brook Taube
 
   
    Name: Brook Taube    
    Title: Authorized Signatory    
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LIMITED LIABILITY
COMPANY AGREEMENT — MOF I BDC LLC]

 


 

SCHEDULE A
MEMBERS
                     
        Initial Capital     Membership  
Name   Mailing Address   Account     Interests  
Medley Opportunity Fund LP
  375 Park Avenue   $ 5,261,436.88       50  
 
  Suite 3304                
 
  New York, NY 10152                
Medley Opportunity Fund Ltd.
  c/o Ogier Fiduciary   $ 99,967,300.69       950  
 
  Services (Cayman)                
 
  Limited                
 
  89 Nexus Way                
 
  Camana Bay                
 
  Grand Cayman                
 
  KY1-9007                
 
  Cayman Islands                

 


 

EXHIBIT A
CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION
OF
MEDLEY CAPITAL BDC LLC
     This Certificate of Formation of Medley Capital BDC LLC (the “LLC”) is being duly executed and filed by the undersigned, an authorized person, to form a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del.C. § 18-101, et seq., the “Act”).
     1. The name of the limited liability company is “Medley Capital BDC LLC.”
     2. The address of the registered office of the LLC in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808 in the County of New Castle. The name of the registered agent of the LLC is Corporation Service Company.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Formation has been duly executed as of the 30th day of April, 2010, and is being filed in accordance with Section 18-206 of the Act.
         
 
  /s/ Brook Taube
 
Brook Taube
   
 
  Authorized Person    

 

exv99wkw1
Exhibit (k)(1)
(AST LOGO)
CERTIFICATE OF APPOINTMENT OF
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER
& TRUST COMPANY as
     
þ TRANSFER AGENT   þ REGISTRAR
BY
MEDLEY CAPITAL CORPORATION (the “Company”)
(name of corporation)
a Delaware
(state of corporation)
Corporation
(description of entity — e.g., corporation, partnership)
The Company is authorized to issue the following shares/units:
                 
Class of Stock   Par Value   Number of Shares/Units Authorized
Common
  $ 0.001                             
The address of the Company to which Notices may be sent is:
375 Park Avenue, Suite 3304
New York, NY 10152
The name and address of legal counsel for the Company is:
Morrison & Foerster LLP
c/o Anna Pinedo
1290 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10104
Attached are true copies of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or such other comparable documents for non-corporate entities), as amended, of the Company.
If any provision of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Corporation, any court or administrative order, or any other document, affects any transfer agency or registrar function or responsibility relating to the shares, attached is a statement of each such provision.
All shares issued and outstanding as of the date hereof, or to be issued during the term of this appointment, are/shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. All such shares are (or, in the case of shares that have not yet been issued, will be) duly registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Act of 1934. Any shares not so registered were or shall be issued or transferred in a transaction or series of transactions exempt

 


 

from the registration provisions of the relevant Act, and in each such issuance or transfer, the Corporation was or shall be so advised by its legal counsel and all shares issued or to be issued bear or shall bear all appropriate legends.
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (“AST”) is hereby appointed as transfer agent and registrar for the shares/units of the Company set forth above, in accordance with the general practices of AST and its regulations set forth in the pamphlet entitled Regulations of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a copy of which we have received and reviewed.
The initial term of this Certificate of Appointment shall be three (3) years from the date of this Certificate of Appointment and the appointment shall automatically be renewed for further three years successive terms without further action of the parties, unless written notice is provided by either party at least 90 days prior to the end of the initial or any subsequent three year period. The term of this appointment shall be governed in accordance with this paragraph, notwithstanding the cessation of active trading in the capital stock of the Company.
The Corporation will advise AST promptly of any change in any information contained in this Certificate by a supplemental Certificate or otherwise in writing.
WITNESS my hand this 25th day of June, 2010.
     
/s/ Brook Taube
 
Name: Brook Taube
   
Title: Chief Executive Officer
   

 

exv99wnw2
Exhibit (n)(2)
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Pre-effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-166491 of Medley Capital BDC LLC on Form N-2 of our report for MOF I BDC LLC on the statement of financial condition, including the schedule of investments, dated July 1, 2010, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Prospectus.
         
     
     
/s/ Rothstein Kass & Company, P.C.  
     
 
Roseland, New Jersey
July 1, 2010

exv99wnw6
Exhibit (n)(6)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and to the inclusion of our report dated June 30, 2010, in Amendment No. 2 of the Registration Statement (Form N-2 No. 333-166491) and related Prospectus of Medley Capital BDC LLC dated July 2, 2010.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP                    
New York, New York
Date: